WO2020018670A1 - Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase - Google Patents

Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020018670A1
WO2020018670A1 PCT/US2019/042211 US2019042211W WO2020018670A1 WO 2020018670 A1 WO2020018670 A1 WO 2020018670A1 US 2019042211 W US2019042211 W US 2019042211W WO 2020018670 A1 WO2020018670 A1 WO 2020018670A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
chosen
heteroaryl
alkyl
cycloalkyl
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2019/042211
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Richard T. Lewis
Matthew Hamilton
Philip Jones
Alessia Petrocchi
Naphtali REYNA
Timothy Mcafoos
Jason Bryant CROSS
Michael Soth
Original Assignee
Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System filed Critical Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System
Priority to EP19838517.1A priority Critical patent/EP3823604A4/en
Publication of WO2020018670A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020018670A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/41641,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/41841,3-Diazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. benzimidazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • C07D215/233Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4 only one oxygen atom which is attached in position 4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42Oxazoles
    • A61K31/423Oxazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245Oxadiazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425Thiazoles
    • A61K31/428Thiazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/433Thidiazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4965Non-condensed pyrazines
    • A61K31/497Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/501Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/08Radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDOl and ID02) and tryptophan dioxygenase (TDO) belong to a family of heme-containing enzymes that mediate the degradation of the essential amino acid L-tryptophan (L-TRP) to N- 1 o r m y 1 k y n u re n i n e. This is the first and rate- limiting step of L-TRP oxidation in the kynurenine (KYN) pathway.
  • IDOl, ID02 and TDO all catalyse the same biochemical reaction, they share limited structural similarity.
  • TDO is a homotetrameric enzyme with high substrate specificity for L-TRP, whilst IDOl is a monomeric enzyme which recognises a broader range of substrates including L- and D-TRP, serotonin and tryptamine. ID02 shares 43% sequence identity with IDOl but is much less effective in catabolizing L-TRP. In healthy patients, TDO is primarily expressed in the liver, and lower levels of the enzyme are also present in the brain. In contrast, IDOl is ubiquitous in the body, including in the placenta, lung, small and large intestines, colon, spleen, liver, kidney, stomach and brain.
  • ID02 is expressed in a subset of the tissues that express IDOl, primarily in the kidney, as well as in the epididymis, testis, liver, ovary, uterus, and placenta (Dounay et aL , J. Med. Chem. (2015) 58:8762-8782).
  • the KYN pathway is thought to regulate immune responses to prevent excessive immune activity and immunopathology.
  • IDOl is believed to play a role in the protection of the foetus from rejection by the mother’s immune system (Munn et al, Science (1998) 281:1191-1193), and is implicated in allergies, in autoimmunity, and in tolerance to allografts (Lovelace et aL, Neuropharmacology (2017) 112:373-388).
  • NAD + plays an important role in DNA replication, and hence cell division, as well as in DNA repair, redox signalling, and mitochondrial function, all of which may be involved in cancer cell proliferation (Bostian et al, Chem. Res. Toxicol. (2016) 29:1369-1380).
  • IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO are expressed by many human tumours.
  • the degree of IDOl expression in tumour cells is known to correlate with clinical prognosis (e.g. overall survival and progression-free survival) and increased IDOl levels have been linked with tumour cell resistance to immunotherapy, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy agents.
  • Tumour cell resistance is often accompanied by increased metastasis, due to the suppression of the patient’s immune response to the invading cancer cells.
  • in vitro experiments have demonstrated the role of IDOl in tumour chemoresistance to a variety of agents including cisplatin, olaparib, paclitaxel, pemetrexed, gemcitabine, and gamma radiation (Vareki et al, PLOS ONE (2015) 10(11), e0l43435/l-22).
  • Inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO are also believed to have utility in the treatment of cataracts; infectious diseases where the immune system is compromised (e.g. influenza virus, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND)); and autoimmune disorders such as arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or multiple sclerosis (Lovelace, 2017).
  • infectious diseases where the immune system is compromised e.g. influenza virus, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND)
  • HAND HIV-associated neurological disorders
  • autoimmune disorders such as arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or multiple sclerosis
  • IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO have recently been developed. These include indoximod (NLG8189), which is being evaluated clinical studies for metastatic breast cancer, metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer, primary malignant brain tumours, metastatic pancreatic cancer, as well as metastatic prostate cancer; epacadostat (INCB024360), which is being evaluated in clinical studies in gynaecological and peritoneal cancers, melanoma, malignant solid tumour, lymphoma, breast, lung, and renal cell cancers; and GDC-0919 (NLG919), which is being evaluated in trials for the treatment of advanced-stage solid tumours.
  • the present inventors have discovered a family of compounds which are useful as inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, especially IDOl. These compounds are suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions as well as in medical treatments in which the KYN pathway needs to be modulated. In particular, the compounds of the invention are suitable for use in the treatment of cancers, immune system regulatory disorders and neurological disorders.
  • compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO apoprotein, i.e. before incorporation of the heme cofactor. Such inhibition may prevent the formation of functional protein and offer advantages over other classes of inhibitors which bind directly to the heme moiety in the holoprotein.
  • Novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions certain of which have been found to inhibit IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO have been discovered, together with methods of synthesizing and using the compounds including methods for the treatment of diseases mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO in a patient by administering the compounds.
  • Embodiment 1 a compound having structural Formula (I):
  • L la is L ⁇ R 1 and L lb is H, or L la is H and L lb is L ⁇ R 1 ;
  • R 2a is R 2 and R 2b is H, or R 2a is H and R 2b is R 2 ;
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • L 2 is chosen from -C(0)NH-, -C(NR 4 )NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(NR 4 )-, -N(R 4 )C(R 6 )-, and -C(R 6 )N(R 4 )-, forming a bicyclic ring system with R 3 when R 3 is cyclic;
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 5 are independently chosen from CH, C(R 9 ), N, NH, N(R 9 ),
  • Z 4 is chosen from C and N;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, (aryl)cycloalkyl, (heteroaryl)cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)aryl, and (heterocycloalkyl)aryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • R 4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 10 groups;
  • first heteroaryl ring which is optionally fused with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring to form a bicyclic heteroaryl system, said first heteroaryl ring or bicyclic heteroaryl system is optionally substituted with one or more R 10 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 6 is chosen from CF3, CF 2 CF3, and CF 2 CFb;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)0R 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , Cs-eheterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ; each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C 3- 6 cycloalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, and cyano; and
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful IDOl and /or ID02 inhibiting activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which IDOl and /or ID02 plays an active role.
  • certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful IDOl and /or ID02 inhibiting activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which IDOl and /or ID02 plays an active role.
  • embodiments also provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as well as methods of making and using the compounds and compositions.
  • Certain embodiments provide methods for inhibiting IDOl and /or ID02.
  • Other embodiments provide methods for treating an IDOl and /or ID02-mediated disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to the present invention.
  • certain compounds disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of IDOl and /or ID02.
  • Certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful TDO inhibiting activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which TDO plays an active role. Thus, in a broad aspect, certain embodiments also provide
  • compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as well as methods of making and using the compounds and compositions.
  • Certain embodiments provide methods for inhibiting TDO.
  • Other embodiments provide methods for treating a TDO -mediated disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to the present invention.
  • Also provided is the use of certain compounds disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of TDO.
  • L la is L'-R 1 and L lb is H.
  • L la is H and L lb is L' -R 1 .
  • R 2a is R 2 and R 2b is H.
  • R 2a is H and R 2b is R 2 .
  • R 1 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is chosen from monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is bicyclic aryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is chosen from monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is bicyclic heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is chosen from indol-l-yl, indazol-l-yl, and benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is benzol ⁇ 7
  • R 1 is 5,6-difluorobenzo[ ⁇ i]imidazol-l-yl.
  • R 1 is chosen from quinolin-4-yl and isoiquinolin-4-yl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is quinolin-4-yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • R 1 is 6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl.
  • L 2 is , forming a bicyclic ring system with R 3 when R 3 is cyclic.
  • L 2 and R 3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from benzo[d]imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, triazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, quinazolinonyl, and imidazopyridazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • L 2 and R 3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from b e n zo
  • L 2 and R 3 combine to form a benzo[ ⁇ 7]imidazolyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • L 2 is -C(0)NH-.
  • L 2 is -NHC(O)-.
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl and cycloalkyl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups.
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl and cycloalkyl.
  • R 2 is chosen from Ci- 4 alkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl.
  • R 2 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, and cyclopropyl.
  • R 3 is cycloalkyl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • R 3 is chosen from cyclobutyl, bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl, bicyclo[2.l.l]hexan-l-yl, bicyclo[2.2.l]heptan-l-yl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octan-l-yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • R 3 is bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • R 3 is chosen from , ' N/ ⁇ R 9 , ® N/ R 9 ,
  • R 3 is chosen from phenyl and monocyclic heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • R 3 is chosen from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • R 3 is chosen from pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, and l,2,4-triazolyl.
  • Embodiment 2 a compound having structural Formula (II):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and heteroaryl (cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups; each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and
  • each R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3- 6 heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 3 a compound having structural Formula (III):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • L 2 is chosen from -C(0)0-, -C(0)NH-, -C(NR 4 )NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(0)NH-, - NHC(NR 4 )-, -N(R 4 )C(R 6 )-, and -C(R 6 )N(R 4 )-;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano, or is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • R 4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 10 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 6 is chosen from CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , and CF 2 CH 3 ;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 4 a compound having structural Formula (IV):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and heteroaryl (cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 5 a compound having structural Formula (V):
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • X 1 is chosen from C(R 9a ), N, O, and S;
  • X 2 is chosen from C(R 9b ), N, O, and S;
  • X 3 is chosen from C(R 9c ), N, O, and S;
  • X 4 is chosen from C(R 9d ), N, O, and S;
  • X 5 is chosen from a bond, C(R 9e ), N, O, and S;
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -O-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • L 2 is chosen from -C(0)NH-, -C(NR 4 )NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(NR 4 )-, -N(R 4 )C(R 6 )-, and -C(R 6 )N(R 4 )-,
  • bicyclic ring system with (which, for clarity, is a type of R 3 );
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 10 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CH3;
  • R 9a , R 9b , R 9c , R 9d , and R 9e are independently chosen from H, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)R n , NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)0R 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 6 a compound having structural Formula (VI):
  • X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are independently chosen from CH and N;
  • X 5 is chosen from a bond, CH and N;
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , and X are N;
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 9a is chosen from H, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)R n , NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 7 a compound having structural Formula (VII):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • X 1 is chosen from NH, NR 9 , O, and S;
  • X 5 is chosen from CH, CR 9 , and N;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 8 a compound having structural Formula (VIII):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -O-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • X 4 and X 5 are independently chosen from CH, CR 9 , and N;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is H or is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 9 a compound having structural Formula (IX):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • Z 2 is chosen from NH, NR 9 , O, and S;
  • Z 5 is chosen from CH, C(R 9 ), and N;
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; each R 7 and R 8 is independently chosen from alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 9a and R 9b are independently chosen from H, alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano,
  • R 9a and R 9b together with the intervening atoms, combine to form an aryl or heteroaryl ring, which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 9 is independently chosen from alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
  • Embodiment 10 a compound having structural Formula (X):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • Z 5 is chosen from CH, C(R 9 ), and N;
  • R 1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • each R 7 and R 8 is independently chosen from alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl,halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 9a and R 9b are independently chosen from H, alkyl, Cs ecycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano,
  • R 9a and R 9b together with the intervening atoms, combine to form a heteroaryl ring, which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 9 is independently chosen from alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
  • Embodiment 11 a compound having structural Formula (XI):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 5 are independently chosen from CH, C(R 9 ), NH, NR 9 , O, and S;
  • Z 4 is chosen from C and N;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 12 a compound having structural Formula (XII):
  • L 1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R 5 )-, C(R 5a )(R 5b )-, and -S-;
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 are independently chosen from CH, C(R 9 ), NH, NR 9 , O, and S;
  • R 1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 7 groups;
  • R 2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 8 groups;
  • R 3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • each R 7 , R 8 , and R 9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
  • NHC(0)R n NHS(0) 2 R 12 , NHC(0)NHR 12 , C(0)OR 12 , S(0) 2 NHR 12 , Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 , and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R 11 ;
  • each R 11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
  • R 12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
  • Embodiment 13 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 4, and 6, wherein R 3 is chosen from cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 14 The compound of Embodiment 13, wherein R 3 is chosen from bicycloalkyl and heterobicycloalkyl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 15 The compound of Embodiment 14, wherein R 3 is chosen from bicyclo[l.l.l]pentane, bicyclo[2.l.l]hexane, bicyclo[2.2.l]heptane, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, any of which is optionally substituted with one or two R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 16 The compound of Embodiment 15, wherein R 3 is chosen from bicyclo[ 1.1.1 Ipentane.
  • Embodiment 17 The compound of any one of 1, 2, and 4, wherein R 3 is H or is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups;
  • Embodiment 18 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 11, and 12, wherein R 3 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 19 The compound of Embodiment 18, wherein R 3 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 20 The compound of Embodiment 19, wherein R 3 is chosen from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 21 The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R 3a is H.
  • Embodiment 22 The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R 3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano, or is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 23 The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R 3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
  • Embodiment 24 The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R 3a is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 25 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 20, wherein L 1 is a bond.
  • Embodiment 26 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 20, wherein L 1 is 0
  • Embodiment 27 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 20, wherein L 1 is -NR 5 -.
  • Embodiment 28 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 27, wherein R 1 is benzol d
  • Embodiment 29 The compound of Embodiment 11, wherein L 2 and R 3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from benzo[d]imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, triazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, quinazolinonyl, and imidazopyridazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • Embodiment 29 The compound of Embodiment 28, wherein R 1 is 5,6-difluoro benzol ⁇ 7
  • Embodiment 30 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 27, wherein R 1 is quinolin-4-yl, and is substituted with one or more R 7 groups.
  • Embodiment 31 The compound of Embodiment 30, wherein R 1 is 6- fluoroquinolin-4-yl.
  • Embodiment 32 The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 31, wherein R 2 is chosen from H, alkyl, and cycloalkyl.
  • Embodiment 33 The compound of Embodiment 32, wherein R 2 is chosen from H, methyl, ethyl, and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 34 The compound of Embodiment 18, wherein R 3 is a bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 9 groups.
  • two embodiments are“mutually exclusive” when one is defined to be something which is different than the other.
  • an embodiment wherein two groups combine to form a cycloalkyl is mutually exclusive with an embodiment in which one group is ethyl the other group is hydrogen.
  • an embodiment wherein one group is Chk is mutually exclusive with an embodiment wherein the same group is NH.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of inhibiting at least one function of a target chosen from IDOl, ID02 and TDO comprising the step of contacting said target with a compound as described herein.
  • the cell phenotype, cell proliferation, activity of said target, change in biochemical output produced by active target, expression of target, or binding of target with a natural binding partner may be monitored.
  • Such methods may be modes of treatment of disease, biological assays, cellular assays, biochemical assays, or the like.
  • Also provided herein is a method of treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein, or a salt thereof, to a patient in need thereof.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • the disease is a cancer chosen from head and neck cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain tumour, gynecological cancer, peritoneal cancer, skin cancer, thyroid cancer, oesophageal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, renal cell cancer, biliary tract cancer, hematologic cancer, and blood cancer.
  • the disease is a neurological disease or disorder.
  • the disease is a neurological disease or disorder chosen from Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND).
  • a neurological disease or disorder chosen from Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND).
  • the disease is a neuropsychological disease.
  • the disease is a neuropsychological disease or disorder chosen from schizophrenia, anorexia, depression, and anxiety.
  • the disease is an autoimmune disease or disorder.
  • the disease is an autoimmune disease or disorder chosen from arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and multiple sclerosis.
  • the disease is an infection.
  • the disease is an infection chosen from influenza vims infection, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis infection, and human immunodeficiency vims (HIV).
  • influenza vims infection peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis infection, and human immunodeficiency vims (HIV).
  • the disease is a cataract.
  • the disease is a vacular disease.
  • Also provided herein is a compound as disclosed herein for use as a medicament.
  • Also provided herein is a compound as disclosed herein for use as a medicament for the treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO.
  • a compound as disclosed herein as a medicament for the treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO.
  • a compound as disclosed herein for the treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO.
  • a method of inhibition of a target chosen from IDOl is also provided.
  • ID02 and TDO comprising contacting said target with a compound as disclosed herein, or a salt thereof.
  • Also provided herein is a method for achieving an effect in a patient comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein, or a salt thereof, to a patient, wherein the effect is chosen from cognition enhancement.
  • the disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO is cancer.
  • composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration ⁇
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for parenteral administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intramuscular administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for subcutaneous administration.
  • the oral pharmaceutical composition is chosen from a tablet and a capsule.
  • the term“about,” as used herein, is intended to qualify the numerical values which it modifies, denoting such a value as variable within a margin of error. When no particular margin of error, such as a standard deviation to a mean value given in a chart or table of data, is recited, the term“about” should be understood to mean that range which would encompass the recited value and the range which would be included by rounding up or down to that figure as well, taking into account significant figures.
  • acyl refers to a carbonyl attached to an alkenyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or any other moiety were the atom attached to the carbonyl is carbon.
  • An“acetyl” group refers to a -C(0)CH 3 group.
  • An“alkylcarbonyl” or“alkanoyl” group refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group. Examples of such groups include
  • acyl groups include formyl, alkanoyl and aroyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight- chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more double bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkenyl will comprise from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl ether radical, wherein the term alkyl is as defined below.
  • suitable alkyl ether radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
  • alkyl refers to a straight- chain or branched-chain alkyl radical containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl, noyl and the like.
  • alkylene refers to a saturated aliphatic group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon attached at two or more positions, such as methylene
  • alkylamino refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an amino group.
  • Suitable alkylamino groups may be mono- or dialkylated, forming groups such as, for example, /V-methylamino, iV-ethylamino, /V,/V-dimethylamino, N, /V- eth y 1 m et h y 1 a m i no and the like.
  • alkylidene refers to an alkenyl group in which one carbon atom of the carbon-carbon double bond belongs to the moiety to which the alkenyl group is attached.
  • alkylthio refers to an alkyl thioether (R-S-) radical wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and wherein the sulfur may be singly or doubly oxidized.
  • suitable alkyl thioether radicals include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, iso-butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfinyl, and the like.
  • alkynyl refers to a straight- chain or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more triple bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkynylene refers to a carbon-carbon triple bond attached at two positions such as ethynylene (-C:::C-,
  • alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-l- yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-l-yl, 3-methylbutyn-l-yl, hexyn-2-yl, and the like.
  • the term“alkynyl” may include“alkynylene” groups.
  • acylamino as used herein, alone or in combination, embraces an acyl group attached to the parent moiety through an amino group.
  • An example of an “acylamino” group is acetylamino (CH 3 C(0)NH-).
  • amino refers to -NRR , wherein R and R ’ are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may themselves be optionally substituted. As such, it includes primary, secondary, and tertiary amino groups. Additionally, R and R’ may combine to form heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
  • aryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such polycyclic ring systems are fused together.
  • aryl embraces aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl.
  • arylalkenyl or“aralkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkenyl group.
  • arylalkoxy or“aralkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
  • arylalkyl or“aralkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
  • arylalkynyl or“aralkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkynyl group.
  • arylalkanoyl or“aralkanoyl” or“aroyl,”as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an acyl radical derived from an aryl- substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, napthoyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl (hydrocinnamoyl), 4- phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
  • an aryl radical derived from an aryl- substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, napthoyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl (hydrocinnamoyl), 4- phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
  • aryloxy refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy.
  • the terms“benzo” and“benz,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the divalent radical ,H 4 derived from benzene. Examples include benzothiophene and benzo [d] imidazole. [0141]
  • iV-carbamyl refers to a ROC(0)NR’- group, with R and R’ as defined herein.
  • carbonyl when alone includes formyl [-C(0)H] and in combination is a -C(O)- group.
  • An “O-carboxy” group refers to a RC(0)0- group, where R is as defined herein.
  • A“C-carboxy” group refers to a -C(0)OR groups where R is as defined herein.
  • Cyclic groups include both non-aromatic cyclic (cycloaliphatic) groups such as cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, and aromatic groups such as aryl and heteroaryl.
  • cycloalkyl or, alternatively,“carbocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl group wherein each cyclic moiety contains from 3 to 12 carbon atom ring members and which may optionally be a benzo fused ring system which is optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • said cycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, octahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH- indenyl, adamantyl and the like.
  • “Bicyclic” and“tricyclic” as used herein are intended to include both fused ring systems, such as decahydronaphthalene, octahydronaphthalene as well as the multicyclic (multicentered) saturated or partially unsaturated type.
  • the latter type of isomer is exemplified in general by, bicyclo[l,l,l]pentane, camphor, adamantane, and bicyclo[3,2,l]octane.
  • esters refers to a carboxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon ato s.
  • ether refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
  • halo refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • haloalkoxy refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl radical having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals.
  • a monohaloalkyl radical for one example, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical.
  • Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl,
  • dichlorofluoromethyl difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
  • Haloalkylene refers to a haloalkyl group attached at two or more positions. Examples include fluoromethylene
  • heteroalkyl refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, fully saturated or containing from 1 to 3 degrees of unsaturation, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, and wherein the N and S atoms may optionally be oxidized and the N heteroatom may optionally be quatemized.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH-OCH3.
  • heteroaryl refers to a 3 to 15 membered unsaturated heteromonocyclic ring, or a fused monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system in which at least one of the fused rings is aromatic, which contains at least one atom chosen from N, O, and S.
  • said heteroaryl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members.
  • said heteroaryl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members.
  • said heteroaryl will comprise from 5 to 7 atoms.
  • heterocyclic rings are fused with aryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with other heteroaryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with heterocycloalkyl rings, or wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with cycloalkyl rings.
  • heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl, pyranyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzo[d]imidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, chro
  • Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.
  • heterocycloa]kyl and, interchangeably,“heterocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, each refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated (but nonaromatic) monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom (non-carbon atom) as a ring member, wherein each said heteroatom may be independently chosen from N, O, and S.
  • said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members.
  • said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members.
  • hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members. In certain embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 8 ring members in each ring. In further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 7 ring members in each ring.
  • said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 6 ring members in each ring.
  • “Heterocycloalkyl” and“heterocycle” are intended to include sulfones, sulfoxides, 77-oxides of tertiary nitrogen ring members, and carbocyclic fused and benzo fused ring systems; additionally, both terms also include systems where a heterocycle ring is fused to an aryl group, as defined herein, or an additional heterocycle group.
  • Heterocycloalkyl also includes bridged or spirocyclic systems.
  • heterocycle groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, l,3-benzodioxolyl, dihydroisoindolyl,
  • hydrazinyl refers to two amino groups joined by a single bond, i.e., -N-N-.
  • hydroxy refers to -OH.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to a hydroxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
  • the phrase“in the main chain” refers to the longest contiguous or adjacent chain of carbon atoms starting at the point of attachment of a group to the compounds of any one of the formulas disclosed herein.
  • linear chain of atoms refers to the longest straight chain of atoms independently selected from carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • lower means containing from 1 to and including 6 carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-C 6 alkyl).
  • lower aryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, either of which may be optionally substituted as provided.
  • lower heteroaryl means either 1) monocyclic heteroaryl comprising five or six ring members, of which between one and four said members may be heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, or 2) bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each of the fused rings comprises five or six ring members, comprising between them one to four heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S.
  • lower cycloalkyl means a monocyclic cycloalkyl having between three and six ring members (i.e., C3-C6 cycloalkyl). Lower cycloalkyls may be unsaturated. Examples of lower cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • lower heterocycloalkyl means a monocyclic heterocycloalkyl having between three and six ring members, of which between one and four may be heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S (i.e., C3-C6
  • heterocycloalkyl examples include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl. Lower heterocycloalkyls may be unsaturated.
  • lower amino refers to -NRR , wherein R and R are independently chosen from hydrogen and lower alkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
  • mercaptyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an RS- group, where R is as defined herein.
  • perhaloalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • V-sulfonamido refers to a RS(0) 2 NR’- group with R and R’ as defined herein.
  • S-sulfonamido refers to a -S(0) 2 NRR’, group, with R and R’ as defined herein.
  • thia and“thio,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to a - S- group or an ether wherein the oxygen is replaced with sulfur.
  • the oxidized derivatives of the thio group, namely sulfinyl and sulfonyl, are included in the definition of thia and thio.
  • thiocarbonyl when alone includes thioformyl -C(S)H and in combination is a -C(S)- group.
  • iV-thiocarbamyl refers to an ROC(S)NR’- group, with R and R’as defined herein.
  • trihalomethanesulfonamido refers to a X ⁇ CSiOkNR- group with X is a halogen and R as defined herein.
  • trihalomethanesulfonyl refers to a X ⁇ CSiOR- group where X is a halogen.
  • trihalomethoxy refers to a X3CO- group where X is a halogen.
  • trimethysilyl tert-butyldimethylsilyl, triphenylsilyl and the like.
  • any definition herein may be used in combination with any other definition to describe a composite structural group.
  • the trailing element of any such definition is that which attaches to the parent moiety.
  • the composite group alkylamido would represent an alkyl group attached to the parent molecule through an ami do group
  • the term alkoxyalkyl would represent an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecule through an alkyl group.
  • the term“optionally substituted” means the anteceding group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents of an“optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or a particular designated set of groups, alone or in combination: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanoyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower
  • heterocycloalkyl lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkenyl, lower haloalkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower perhaloalkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, phenyl, aryl, aryloxy, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, oxo, lower acyloxy, carbonyl, carboxyl, lower alkylcarbonyl, lower carboxyester, lower carboxamido, cyano, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, arylamino, amido, nitro, thiol, lower alkylthio, lower haloalkylthio, lower perhaloalkylthio, arylthio, sulfonate, sulfonic acid, trisubstituted silyl, N 3 , SH, SCH 3 , C(0)CH 3 , CO 2 CH 3 , CO 2 H, pyridinyl,
  • two substituents may be joined together to form a fused five-, six-, or seven- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring consisting of zero to three heteroatoms, for example forming methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy.
  • An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., -CH 2 CH 3 ), fully substituted (e.g., -CF 2 CF 3 ), monosubstituted (e.g., - CH 2 CH 2 F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and
  • R or the term R’ refers to a moiety chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted.
  • aryl, heterocycle, R, etc. occur more than one time in a formula or generic structure, its definition at each occurrence is independent of the definition at every other occurrence.
  • certain groups may be attached to a parent molecule or may occupy a position in a chain of elements from either end as written.
  • an unsymmetrical group such as -C(0)N(R)- may be attached to the parent moiety at either the carbon or the nitrogen.
  • Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns, or any other appropriate method known in the art.
  • Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may exist as geometric isomers.
  • the present invention includes all cis, trans, syn, anti,
  • compounds may exist as tautomers; all tautomeric isomers are encompassed by this invention.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms.
  • an“isotopically-enciched compound” refers to a presently disclosed compound including pharmaceutical salts and prodrugs thereof, each as described herein, in which one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds presently disclosed include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • the isotopically-enriched compound is a deuterated compound, i.e.,. a compound which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by deuterium.
  • bonds refers to a covalent linkage between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
  • a bond may be single, double, or triple unless otherwise specified.
  • a dashed line between two atoms in a drawing of a molecule indicates that an additional bond may be present or absent at that position.
  • disease as used herein is intended to be generally synonymous, and is used interchangeably with, the terms“disorder,”“syndrome,” and“condition” (as in medical condition), in that all reflect an abnormal condition of the human or animal body or of one of its parts that impairs normal functioning, is typically manifested by distinguishing signs and symptoms, and causes the human or animal to have a reduced duration or quality of life.
  • combination therapy means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents to treat a therapeutic condition or disorder described in the present disclosure. Such administration encompasses co-administration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each active ingredient. In addition, such administration also encompasses use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment regimen will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination in treating the conditions or disorders described herein.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO.
  • compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of IDOl.
  • Assays for determining the inhibitory activity of compounds against IDOl are known in the art and are also set out in the following Examples. The activity values listed below may, for example, be determined according to an assay as disclosed herein.
  • compounds of the invention have an IC50 value (e.g. an inhibitory activity against IDOl in a cell -based assay) of less than 10 mM, less than 5 pM, less than 2 pM, less than 1 pM, less than 500 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 75 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 40 nM, less than 30 nM, less than 25 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 15 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 8 nM, less than 6 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 4 nM, less than 3 nM, less than 2.5 nM, or less than 2 nM.
  • IC50 value e.g. an inhibitory activity against IDOl in a cell -based assay
  • the compounds of the invention may be selective for IDOl and/or ID02 over TDO.
  • the compounds of the invention may be selective for IDOl over TDO.
  • Assays for determining the selectivity of a compound for IDOl (or ID02) over TDO are known in the art and are illustrated in the following Examples.
  • the compounds of the invention are selective for IDOl over TDO by a value of at least 100 times, at least 200 times, at least 500 times, at least 1000 times, at least 2000 times, at least 5000 times or at least 10000 times.
  • concentration of compound which results in 50% maximal inhibition (IC50) of TDO is at least the stated factor more than the concentration of compound which results in 50% maximal inhibition of IDOl.
  • IC50 value of 10 nM against IDOl, and having an IC50 value of 20 pM against TDO is selective for IDOl over TDO by a value of 2000 times.
  • phrases“therapeutically effective” or“effective” when used to modify an amount of a drug is intended to qualify the amount of active ingredients used in the treatment of a disease or disorder or on the effecting of a clinical endpoint.
  • An“effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results.
  • An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages. Such delivery is dependent on a number of variables including the time period for which the individual dosage unit is to be used, the bioavailability of the therapeutic agent, the route of administration, etc..
  • “therapeutically acceptable” or“pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds (or salts, prodrugs, tautomers, zwitterionic forms, etc.) or formulations thereof which are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
  • treatment of a patient is intended, in certain embodiments, to include arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms; and/or relieving the disease, i.e. causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms; and/or complete protection from disease, for example as in the case of prevention of infection with a pathogen, or may involve prevention of disease progression.
  • Prevention of a disease may not mean complete foreclosure of any effect related to the disease at any level, but instead may mean prevention of the symptoms of a disease to a clinically significant or detectable level. Prevention of diseases may also mean prevention of progression of a disease to a later stage of the disease.
  • a patient“with” or“having” a disease is one who has been diagnosed with or is predisposed to the disease.
  • a patient may also be referred to being“at risk of having” a disease because of a history of disease in their family lineage, because of the presence of genetic mutations associated with the disease, or due to the presence of predisposing factors in their life or lifestyle.
  • a patient at risk of a disease has not yet developed all or some of the characteristic pathologies of the disease.
  • the term“patient” is generally synonymous with the term“subject” and includes all mammals including humans. Examples of patients include humans, livestock such as cattle, goats, sheep, pigs, and rabbits, and companion animals such as dogs, cats, rabbits, and horses. Preferably, the patient is a human.
  • prodrug refers to a compound that is made more active in vivo.
  • Certain compounds disclosed herein may also exist as prodrugs, as described in Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism : Chemistry, Biochemistry, and Enzymology (Testa, Bernard and Mayer, Joachim M. Wiley- VHCA, Zurich, Switzerland 2003).
  • Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are structurally modified forms of the compound that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions, either spontaneous or enzymatic, to provide the compound.
  • prodrugs can be converted to the compound by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to a compound when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the compound, or parent drug.
  • prodrug may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not.
  • the prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
  • a wide variety of prodrug derivatives are known in the art, such as those that rely on hydrolytic cleavage or oxidative activation of the prodrug.
  • An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug"), but then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity. Additional examples include peptidyl derivatives of a compound.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can exist as therapeutically acceptable salts.
  • the present invention includes compounds listed above in the form of salts, including acid addition salts. Suitable salts include those formed with both organic and inorganic acids.
  • Such acid addition salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of non- pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utility in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Basic addition salts may also be formed and be pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Salts Properties, Selection, and Use (Stahl, P. Heinrich. Wiley-VCHA, Zurich, Switzerland, 2002).
  • the term“therapeutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds disclosed herein which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible and therapeutically acceptable as defined herein.
  • the salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with a suitable acid.
  • Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, L-ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate
  • basic groups in the compounds disclosed herein can be quatemized with methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl and phenethyl bromides.
  • acids which can be employed to form therapeutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric. Salts can also be formed by coordination of the compounds with an alkali metal or alkaline earth ion.
  • the present invention contemplates sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts of the compounds disclosed herein, and the like.
  • Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reacting a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • the cations of therapeutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium,
  • Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
  • the salts may include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfonate, citrate, tartrate, phosphonate, lactate, pyruvate, acetate, succinate, oxalate, fumarate, malate, oxaloacetate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate and isethionate salts of compounds disclosed herein.
  • a salt of a compound can be made by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with the appropriate acid.
  • compositions which comprise one or more of certain compounds disclosed herein, or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs, amides, or solvates thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients.
  • the carrier(s) must be "acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art.
  • compositions disclosed herein may be manufactured in any manner known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
  • compositions include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Typically, these methods include the step of bringing into association a compound of the subject invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, prodrug or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may be administered orally, including swallowing, so the compound enters the gastrointestinal tract, or is absorbed into the blood stream directly from the mouth, including sublingual or buccal administration.
  • compositions for oral administration include solid formulations such as tablets, pills, cachets, lozenges and hard or soft capsules, which can contain liquids, gels, powders, or granules, solutions or suspensions in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in- water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • tablets or capsules may contain a disintegrant, comprising from about 0.5% to about 35% by weight, more typically from about 2% to about 25% of the dosage form.
  • disintegrants include methyl cellulose, sodium or calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch and the like.
  • Suitable binders for use in a tablet, include gelatin, polyethylene glycol, sugars, gums, starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and the like.
  • Suitable diluents, for use in a tablet include mannitol, xylitol, lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol and starch.
  • Suitable surface active agents and glidants for use in a tablet or capsule, may be present in amounts from about 0.1% to about 3% by weight, and include polysorbate 80, sodium dodecyl sulfate, talc and silicon dioxide.
  • Suitable lubricants for use in a tablet or capsule, may be present in amounts from about 0.1% to about 5% by weight, and include calcium, zinc or magnesium stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate and the like.
  • Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with a liquid diluent. Dyes or pigments may be added to tablets for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • Liquid formulations can include emulsions, solutions, syrups, elixirs and suspensions, which can be used in soft or hard capsules.
  • Such formulations may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, cellulose, or an oil.
  • the formulation may also include one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents.
  • compositions for oral administration may be formulated as immediate or modified release, including delayed or sustained release, optionally with enteric coating.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions which can be used orally include tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
  • the push- fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • Compounds of the present disclosure may be administered directly into the blood stream, muscle, or internal organs by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Suitable means for parenteral administration include intravenous, intra-muscular, subcutaneous intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intracranial, and the like.
  • Suitable devices for parenteral administration include injectors (including needle and needle-free injectors) and infusion methods.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials.
  • parenteral formulations are aqueous solutions containing excipients, including salts, buffering, suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents, antioxidants, bacteriostats, preservatives, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and carbohydrates.
  • Parenteral formulations may also be prepared in a dehydrated form (e.g., by lyophilization) or as sterile non-aqueous solutions. These formulations can be used with a suitable vehicle, such as sterile water. Solubility-enhancing agents may also be used in preparation of parenteral solutions. Compositions for parenteral administration may be formulated as immediate or modified release, including delayed or sustained release.
  • Compounds may also be formulated as depot preparations. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • the compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g. , by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g. , in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in powder form or in a freeze- dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, saline or sterile pyrogen- free water, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example, saline or sterile pyrogen- free water
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous (oily) sterile injection solutions of the active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • Compounds of the present disclosure may be administered topically (for example to the skin, mucous membranes, ear, nose, or eye) or transdermally.
  • Formulations for topical administration can include, but are not limited to, lotions, solutions, creams, gels, hydrogels, ointments, foams, implants, patches and the like.
  • Carriers that are pharmaceutically acceptable for topical administration formulations can include water, alcohol, mineral oil, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and the like. Topical administration can also be performed by, for example, electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis and the like.
  • the active ingredient for topical administration may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w (by weight) of the formulation.
  • the active ingredient may comprise as much as 10% w/w; less than 5% w/w; from 2% w/w to 5% w/w; or from 0.1% to 1% w/w of the formulation.
  • compositions for topical administration may be formulated as immediate or modified release, including delayed or sustained release.
  • Certain compounds disclosed herein may be administered topically, that is by non- systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound disclosed herein externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream.
  • systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as gels, liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose.
  • the active ingredient for topical administration may comprise, for example, from 0.001% to 10% w/w (by weight) of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise as much as 10% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise less than 5% w/w. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise from 2% w/w to 5% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise from 0.1% to 1% w/w of the formulation.
  • Gels for topical or transdermal administration may comprise, generally, a mixture of volatile solvents, nonvolatile solvents, and water.
  • the volatile solvent component of the buffered solvent system may include lower (C1-C6) alkyl alcohols, lower alkyl glycols and lower glycol polymers.
  • the volatile solvent is ethanol.
  • the volatile solvent component is thought to act as a penetration enhancer, while also producing a cooling effect on the skin as it evaporates.
  • the nonvolatile solvent portion of the buffered solvent system is selected from lower alkylene glycols and lower glycol polymers. In certain embodiments, propylene glycol is used.
  • the nonvolatile solvent slows the evaporation of the volatile solvent and reduces the vapor pressure of the buffered solvent system.
  • the amount of this nonvolatile solvent component, as with the volatile solvent, is determined by the pharmaceutical compound or drug being used. When too little of the nonvolatile solvent is in the system, the pharmaceutical compound may crystallize due to evaporation of volatile solvent, while an excess may result in a lack of bioavailability due to poor release of drug from solvent mixture.
  • the buffer component of the buffered solvent system may be selected from any buffer commonly used in the art; in certain embodiments, water is used. A common ratio of ingredients is about 20% of the nonvolatile solvent, about 40% of the volatile solvent, and about 40% water.
  • chelators and gelling agents Appropriate gelling agents can include, but are not limited to, semisynthetic cellulose derivatives (such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) and synthetic polymers, and cosmetic agents.
  • Lotions include those suitable for application to the skin or eye.
  • An eye lotion may comprise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide and may be prepared by methods similar to those for the preparation of drops.
  • Lotions or liniments for application to the skin may also include an agent to hasten drying and to cool the skin, such as an alcohol or acetone, and/or a moisturizer such as glycerol or an oil such as castor oil or arachis oil.
  • Creams, ointments or pastes are semi-solid formulations of the active ingredient for external application. They may be made by mixing the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered form, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy base.
  • the base may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin such as almond, com, arachis, castor or olive oil; wool fat or its derivatives or a fatty acid such as steric or oleic acid together with an alcohol such as propylene glycol or a macrogel.
  • the formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof.
  • Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
  • Drops may comprise sterile aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and, in certain embodiments, including a surface active agent.
  • the resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-l00°C for half an hour.
  • the solution may be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique.
  • bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.01%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%).
  • Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
  • Formulations for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the active ingredient in a basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
  • Suppositories for rectal administration of the compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the active agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, synthetic mono-, di-, or triglycerides, fatty acids, or polyethylene glycols which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature, and which will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, synthetic mono-, di-, or triglycerides, fatty acids, or polyethylene glycols which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature, and which will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels formulated in conventional manner.
  • Such compositions may comprise the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • the compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides.
  • rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides.
  • compounds may be conveniently delivered from an insufflator, nebulizer pressurized packs or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol spray.
  • Pressurized packs may comprise a suitable propellant such as
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • the compounds according to the disclosure may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form, in for example, capsules, cartridges, gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
  • compositions of the invention may be prepared by any of the well-known techniques of pharmacy, such as effective formulation and administration procedures.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as herein below recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • formulations described above may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • Compounds may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg per day.
  • the dose range for adult humans is generally from 5 mg to 2 g/day.
  • Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of one or more compounds which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration ⁇
  • the compounds can be administered in various modes, e.g. orally, topically, or by injection.
  • the precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diets, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the precise disorder being treated, and the severity of the indication or condition being treated.
  • the route of administration may vary depending on the condition and its severity. The above considerations concerning effective formulations and administration procedures are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as herein below recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • formulations described above may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • Compounds may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg per day.
  • the dose range for adult humans is generally from 5 mg to 2 g/day.
  • Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of one or more compounds which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • the compounds can be administered in various modes, e.g. orally, topically, or by injection.
  • the precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diets, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the precise disorder being treated, and the severity of the indication or condition being treated. Also, the route of administration may vary depending on the condition and its severity.
  • the compounds described herein, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, are useful in therapy, in particular in the therapeutic treatment of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated conditions in a subject, and especially in the therapeutic treatment of IDO 1 mediated conditions in a subject.
  • an IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition e.g. an IDOl mediated condition
  • the method comprising
  • a compound as defined herein e.g. a compound of formula (I).
  • a compound as defined herein e.g. a compound of formula (I)
  • a compound as defined herein for use in a method of treating an IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. an IDOl mediated condition) in a subject.
  • a compound as defined herein e.g. a compound characterised by formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for use in a method of treating an IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. an IDOl-mediated condition) in a subject.
  • the KYN pathway has been implicated in a number of conditions, including: cancers; neurological and neuropsychological diseases and disorders; autoimmune diseases and disorders; infections; and cataracts.
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is selected from a cancer; a neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder; an autoimmune disease or disorder; an infection; a cataract; and a vascular disease.
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is characterised by the overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, respectively (e.g. by the overexpression of IDOl).
  • the treatment of the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition comprises administering a compound of the invention in combination with another therapeutic intervention for said condition.
  • the other therapeutic intervention may be performed before, during and/or after administering the compound of the invention.
  • IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO occurs in a significant number of cancer types, including breast cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, colorectal carcinoma, head and neck carcinoma, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, lymphocytic leukaemia, melanoma, mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, and brain tumour.
  • cancer suppressive gene bridging integrator 1 (Binl), which is a down-regulator of 1D01.
  • metabolites of KYN such as QUIN affect the biosynthesis of NAD + , which may be involved in cancer cell proliferation.
  • genotoxic anticancer drugs such as temozolomide (TMZ), hydroxyurea, procarbazine, cisplatin, and nitrosamines, such as carmustine, lomustine, and nimustine, in combination with radiation are used to kill tumour cells which remain following surgery.
  • TTZ temozolomide
  • procarbazine carbazine
  • cisplatin nitrosamines
  • nitrosamines such as carmustine, lomustine, and nimustine
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is a cancer.
  • the cancer is associated with low levels of L-TRP.
  • the tumour microenvironment is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels).
  • the cancer is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN and/or QUIN.
  • the concentration of said L-TRP metabolites in cells of the tumour are above normal levels for cells of that tissue type.
  • the cancer is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g. overexpression of IDOL
  • the cancer is selected from head and neck cancer, breast cancer (e.g. metastatic breast cancer), prostate cancer (e.g. metastatic prostate cancer), ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer (e.g. non small cell lung cancer), bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer (e.g. metastatic pancreatic cancer), brain tumour (e.g. primary malignant brain tumour), gynecological cancer, peritoneal cancer, skin cancer, thyroid cancer, oesophageal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, renal cell cancer, biliary tract cancer, hematologic cancer, and blood cancer.
  • breast cancer e.g. metastatic breast cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g. metastatic prostate cancer
  • ovarian cancer endometrial cancer
  • colon cancer e.g. non small cell lung cancer
  • lung cancer e.g. non small cell lung cancer
  • bladder cancer e.g. metastatic pancreatic cancer
  • brain tumour e.g. primary malignant brain tumour
  • the cancer is selected from colorectal carcinoma, large intestinal colon carcinoma, head and neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bladder carcinoma, Barret's adenocarcinoma, renal carcinoma, and hepatocarcinoma.
  • the cancer is selected from glioblastoma, astrocytoma, melanoma (e.g.
  • the cancer is a solid tumour (e.g. a malignant solid tumour) which may be an advanced-stage solid tumour.
  • the treatment of said IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition comprises administering a compound of the invention in combination with another therapeutic intervention for said condition.
  • the other therapeutic intervention may be performed before, during and/or after administering the compound of the invention.
  • the subject is receiving (or has received, or will receive) said another therapeutic intervention for said IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition.
  • said another therapeutic intervention is immunotherapy, radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is immunotherapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is radiation therapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is chemotherapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention comprises radiation therapy and further comprises treatment with immunotherapy and/or with chemotherapy.
  • said radiotherapy comprises treatment with gamma radiation.
  • said immunotherapy comprises treatment with an immuno therapeutic agent selected from therapeutic antibodies.
  • the therapeutic antibody is a humanised monoclonal antibody.
  • said immunotherapy comprises treatment with an immunotherapeutic agent selected from vaccines.
  • the vaccine is a gene therapy vaccine.
  • said chemotherapy comprises treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent selected from alkylating agents, alkyl sulfonates, aziridines, ethylenimines and methylamelamines, nitrogen mustards, nitrosureas, bisphosphonates, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, taxoids, platinum analogs, anti-hormonal agents, aromatase inhibitors, antiandrogens, protein kinase inhibitors, lipid kinase inhibitors, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, anti-retroviral protease inhibitors, anti-angiogenic agents, and topoisomerase 1 inhibitors.
  • said cancer is partially or totally resistant to treatment with at least one chemotherapeutic and/or immunotherapeutic agent (e.g. as defined herein).
  • administration of the compounds as disclosed herein can treat subjects diagnosed as having said cancer or being at risk of developing said cancer.
  • administration of compounds as disclosed herein improves prognosis, reduces angiogenesis, reduces the catabolism of L-TRP, decreases growth of malignant cells, and/or prevents or reduces tumour progression.
  • IDOl is present in numerous cell types within the body, in particular in microglia, the macrophage-like cells located in the central nervous system. Expression of IDOl is induced by proinflammatory cytokines and molecules, in particular by interferon gamma (IFN-g) and, to a lesser extent, by IFN-a, IFN-b, interleukines, and tumor necrosis factors (TNF). TDO is present in small amount in the brain, where its expression is induced by corticosteroids and glucagon.
  • IFN-g interferon gamma
  • TNF tumor necrosis factors
  • L-TRP which is a precursor of serotonin
  • the interaction between immune activation and the metabolism of L-TRP via the KYN pathway is implicated in neuropsychological diseases and disorders such as schizophrenia, anorexia, and depression, including depressive and anxiety symptoms in the early puerperium (Lovelace, 2017).
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is a neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder.
  • said condition is a neurological disease or disorder.
  • said condition is a neuropsychological disease or disorder.
  • the neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder is associated with low levels of L-TRP.
  • the cerebrospinal fluid and/or the serum of the subject is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels).
  • the neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN, QUIN and/or 3-hydroxykynurenine.
  • the concentration of said L-TRP metabolites in microglia of the subject are above normal levels.
  • the neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g.
  • the neurological disease or disorder is selected from Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and HAND.
  • the neuropsychological disease or disorder is selected from schizophrenia, anorexia, depression, and anxiety (e.g. depressive and anxiety symptoms in the early puerperium).
  • L-TRP may prevent normal proliferation in various cell types, and may increase the susceptibility of cells to apoptosis.
  • antigen-specific T-cells have been shown to be susceptible to L-TRP deprivation.
  • L-TRP catabolism leads to the formation of metabolites which have been shown to increase apoptosis of helper T-cells and natural killer T-cells.
  • KYN induces the formation of regulatory T-cells which may suppress immune cells.
  • L-TRP levels in rheumatoid arthritis patients have been shown to be lower than in healthy patients, this may be due to
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is an autoimmune disease or disorder.
  • the autoimmune disease or disorder is associated with low levels of L-TRP.
  • the serum of the subject is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels).
  • the autoimmune disease or disorder is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN, QUIN and/or 3- hydroxykynurenine.
  • the autoimmune disease or disorder is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g. overexpression of IDOL [0289]
  • the autoimmune disease or disorder is selected from arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and multiple sclerosis.
  • Antigen-specific T-cells have been shown to be susceptible to L-TRP deprivation.
  • L-TRP catabolism leads to the formation of metabolites which have been shown to increase apoptosis of helper T-cells and natural killer T-cells.
  • KYN induces the formation of regulatory T-cells which may suppress immune cells.
  • IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO may influence the progression of infectious diseases in which the immune system is compromised.
  • HIV infections may be caused by CD4 + T-cell depletion, combined with chronic immune activation and inflammation responses.
  • Elevated levels of KYN metabolites and IFN-g are commonly found in HIV patients, and catabolism of L-TRP may be a factor in HIV disease progression, through immune suppression and/or the generation of neuro toxic KYN metabolites.
  • Elevated levels of KYN neuro toxic metabolites such as QUIN in HIV infected patients have also been linked to the progression of HAND. Those KYN metabolites may be produced in the central nervous system, possibly by microglia, in response to peripheral immune and inflammatory signals.
  • IDOl activity is elevated in sepsis and has been associated with disease severity. Further, IDOl activity has been shown to correlate with hypotension in cases of human septic shock. In this regard, KYN is thought to be a vasodilator which may contribute to the hypotension observed in septic shock.
  • the infection is selected from influenza vims infection, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis infection, and HIV.
  • the infection is associated with low levels of L-TRP.
  • the plasma of the subject is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels).
  • the infection is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN, QUIN and/or 3-hydroxykynurenine.
  • the plasma of the subject has a ratio of KYN to L-TRP above normal levels.
  • the infection is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g. overexpression of IDOl.
  • the treatment of said infection comprises administering a compound of the invention in combination with another therapeutic intervention for said infection.
  • Said another therapeutic intervention may be performed before, during and/or after administering the compound of the invention.
  • the subject is receiving (or has received, or will receive) said another therapeutic intervention for said infection.
  • the infection is a viral infection and said another therapeutic intervention is treatment with an antiviral agent.
  • the infection is HIV infection and said another therapeutic intervention is treatment with an antiretroviral agent.
  • the infection is a bacterial infection and said another therapeutic intervention is treatment with an antibacterial agent.
  • the KYN pathway has also been implicated in other conditions. For example, elevated lenticular levels of IDOl and KYN metabolites have been observed in association with cataracts. IDOl activity has also been shown to correlate with carotid artery
  • intima/media thickness which is an early marker of atherosclerosis (a leading cause of cardiovascular diseases). Elevated levels of KYN have also been associated with the risk of acute myocardial infarction.
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is a cataract.
  • the cataract is age related, or is associated with diabetes in the subject.
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is a vascular disease.
  • the vascular disease is a cardiovascular disease.
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition e.g. the IDOl mediated condition
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is atherosclerosis.
  • the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is myocardial infarction, in particular acute myocardial infarction.
  • the compounds described herein may be administered in combination with another therapeutic agent.
  • another therapeutic agent such as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof.
  • the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may only have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced).
  • the benefit of experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit.
  • another therapeutic agent which also includes a therapeutic regimen
  • increased therapeutic benefit may result by also providing the patient with another therapeutic agent for diabetes.
  • the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
  • an IDOl, ID02, or TDO inhibitor may be optimally used together with one or more of the following non-limiting examples of anti cancer agents:
  • DDR DNA damage repair
  • PARP1/2 including, but not limited to: olaparib, niraparib, rucaparib
  • CHK1 checkpoint kinase 1
  • checkpoint kinase 2 including, but not limited to: PV1019, NSC 109555, and VRX0466617;
  • dual CHK1 / CHK2 including, but not limited to: XL-844, AZD7762, and PF- 473336;
  • WEE1 including, but not limited to: MK-1775 and PD0166285;
  • ATM including, but not limited to KU-55933
  • DNA-dependent protein kinase including, but not limited to NU7441 and M3814;
  • Inhibitors or modulators of one or more immune checkpoints including, but not limited to:
  • PD-l inhibitors such as nivolumab (OPDIVO), pembrolizumab
  • PD-L1 inhibitors such as Atezolizumab (TECENTRIQ), Avelumab (Bavencio), Durvalumab (Imfinzi), MPDL3280A (Tecentriq), BMS-936559, and MEDI4736;
  • anti-CTLA-4 antibodies such as ipilimumab (YERVOY) and CP-675,206 (TREMELIMUM AB ) ;
  • Tim-3 T-cell immunoglobulin and mucin domain 3
  • Vista V-domain Ig suppressor of T cell activation
  • BTLA band T lymphocyte attenuator
  • LAG3 lymphocyte activation gene 3
  • TAGIT T cell immunoglobulin and immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motif domain
  • telomerase inhibitors or telomeric DNA binding compounds
  • alkylating agents including, but not limited to: chlorambucil (LEUKERAN), oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN), streptozocin (ZANOSAR), dacarbazine, ifosfamide, lomustine (CCNU), procarbazine (MATULAN), temozolomide (TEMODAR), and thiotepa;
  • DNA crosslinking agents including, but not limited to: carmustine, chlorambucil (LEUKERAN), carboplatin (PARAPLATIN), cisplatin (PLATIN), busulfan (MYLERAN), melphalan (ALKERAN), mitomycin (MITOSOL), and
  • anti-metabolites including, but not limited to: cladribine (LEUSTATIN), cytarbine, (ARA-C), mercaptopurine (PURINETHOL), thioguanine, pentostatin (NIPENT), cytosine arabinoside (cytarabine, ARA-C), gemcitabine (GEMZAR), fluorouracil (5- FU, CARAC), capecitabine (XELODA), leucovorin (FUSILEV), methotrexate (RHEUMATREX), and raltitrexed;
  • antimitotics which are often plant alkaloids and terpenoids, or derivateves thereof including but limited to: taxanes such as docetaxel (TAXITERE), paclitaxel (ABRAXANE, TAXOL), vinca alkaloids such as vincristine (ONCOVIN), vinblastine, vindesine, and vinorelbine (NAVELBINE);
  • taxanes such as docetaxel (TAXITERE), paclitaxel (ABRAXANE, TAXOL), vinca alkaloids such as vincristine (ONCOVIN), vinblastine, vindesine, and vinorelbine (NAVELBINE);
  • topoisomerase inhibitors including, but not limited to: amsacrine, camptothecin (CTP), genisten, irinotecan (CAMPTOSAR), topotecan (HYCAMTIN), doxorubicin (ADRIAMYCIN), daunorubicin (CERUBIDINE), epirubicin (ELLENCE), ICRF- 193, teniposide (VUMON), mitoxantrone (NOVANTRONE), and etoposide (EPOSIN);
  • DNA replication inhibitors including, but not limited to: fludarabine (FLUDARA), aphidicolin, ganciclovir, and cidofovir;
  • ribonucleoside diphosphate reductase inhibitors including, but not limited to:
  • transcription inhibitors including, but not limited to: actinomycin D (dactinomycin, COSMEGEN) and plicamycin (mithramycin);
  • DNA cleaving agents including, but not limited to: bleomycin (BLENOXANE), idarubicin,
  • cytotoxic antibiotics including, but not limited to: actinomycin D (dactinomycin, COSMEGEN),
  • aromatase inhibitors including, but not limited to: aminoglutethimide, anastrozole (ARIMIDEX), letrozole (FEMARA), vorozole (RIVIZOR), and exemestane
  • angiogenesis inhibitors including, but not limited to: genistein, sunitinib (SUTENT), and bevacizumab (AVASTIN);
  • anti-steroids and anti-androgens including, but not limited to: aminoglutethimide (CYTADREN), bicalutamide (CASODEX), cyproterone, flutamide (EULEXIN), nilutamide(NILANDRON) ;
  • tyrosine kinase inhibitors including, but not limited to: imatinib (GLEEVEC), erlotinib (TARCEVA), lapatininb (TYKERB), sorafenib (NEXAVAR), and axitinib (INLYTA);
  • mTOR inhibitors including, but not limited to: everolimus, temsirolimus
  • HERCEPTIN trastuzumab
  • RITUXAN rituximab
  • apoptosis inducers such as cordycepin
  • protein synthesis inhibitors including, but not limited to: clindamycin,
  • antidiabetics including, but not limited to: metformin and phenformin;
  • antibiotics including, but not limited to:
  • a. tetracyclines including, but not limited to: doxycycline;
  • erythromycins including, but not limited to: azithromycin;
  • glycylglycines including, but not limited to: tigecyline;
  • antiparasitics including, but not limted to: pyrvinium pamoate;
  • beta-lactams including, but not limited to the penicillins and cephalosporins
  • anthracycline antibiotics including, but not limited to: daunorubicin and
  • antibiotics including, but not limited to: chloramphenicol, mitomycin C, and actinomycin
  • antibody therapeutical agents including, but not limited to: muromonab-CD3, infliximab (REMICADE), adalimumab (HUMIRA), omalizumab (XOLAIR), daclizumab (ZENAPAX), rituximab (RITUXAN), ibritumomab (ZEVALIN), tositumomab (BEXXAR), cetuximab (ERBITUX), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN), ADCETRIS, alemtuzumab (CAMPATH-1H), Lym-l (ONCOLYM), ipilimumab (YERVOY), vitaxin, bevacizumab (AVASTIN), and abciximab (REOPRO); and
  • B-C-G Bacillus Calmette-Guerin
  • buserelin Bacillus Calmette-Guerin
  • EILAMIDE chloroquine
  • ARALEN chloroquine
  • clodronate, pamidronate, and other bisphosphonates colchicine
  • demethoxyviridin dichloroacetate
  • estramustine estramustine
  • filgrastim NUPOGEN
  • fludrocortisone FLORINEF
  • goserelin ZOLADEX
  • interferon leucovorin
  • leuprolide LUPRON
  • levamisole lonidamine
  • mesna mesna
  • metformin mitotane (o,r'-DDD, LYSODREN)
  • nocodazole octreotide
  • DES diethylstilbestrol
  • MDA medroxyprogesterone acetate
  • megestrol megestrol
  • the multiple therapeutic agents may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If
  • the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills).
  • One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may be any duration of time ranging from a few minutes to four weeks.
  • certain compounds and formulations disclosed herein may also be useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. More preferred animals include horses, dogs, and cats.
  • DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • DMF N,N-di methyl formamide
  • DMSO-de deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • DPPA diphenylphosphoryl azide
  • Et 2 0 diethyl ether
  • EtOAc ethyl acetate
  • EtOH ethanol
  • h hour
  • HATU 2-(lH-7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyl uronium hexafluorophosphate methanaminium
  • Pd 2 (dba) 3 tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)
  • PdCl 2 (PPli3) 2
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • TFAA trifluoroacetic anhydride
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • Tol toluene
  • TsCl tosyl chloride
  • XPhos 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl.
  • Scheme I can be used in the synthesis of compounds disclosed herein.
  • Cyclopropanation with a carbenoid by using, for example, General Procedure B, produces bicyclo compound 103.
  • the sulfonate ester can be displaced in a Williamson ether synthesis, by using, for example, General Procedure C, to give ether 104, which in turn is converted to ketone 105 via an organolithium (variant la: General Procedure J) or a Weinreb amide 106 (variant lb: General Procedure D).
  • Scheme III can be used to convert enol ether 204 to carboxylic acid derivatives.
  • Variations of Scheme III use different amide coupling conditions.
  • Variant Ilia General Procedure I
  • Variant Illb General Procedure O
  • Variant IIIc General Procedure P.
  • Scheme IV discloses conversion of amide 401 to biaryl-type compounds.
  • Conversion to the arylboronate 402 is accomplished by metal-catalyzed substitution of the chlorine, by using, for example, the Miyaura borylation of General Procedure R.
  • Arylboronate can in turn be converted to a biaryl 403 by means of coupling with an aryl halide, by using, for example, the Suzuki coupling of General Procedure S.
  • Aldehyde 501 is converted to imine 502, which in turn is reacted under established conditions (Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 3443-3446) to give the substituted compound 503.
  • Scheme VI can be used to introduce alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl moieties.
  • Carboxylic acid 302 can be derived from Scheme II. A single isomer of 302 is shown in Scheme VI; however, the synthesis can be carried out with either isomer, or a mixture of isomers.
  • Reaction of a suitable monoprotected diamine, such as mono-Boc protected bicyclo diamine 601, followed by deprotection, can provide amide 602. Any one of General Procedure I, General Procedure O, or General Procedure Q can be used for synthesis of the amide.
  • the newly deprotected amine group can be converted to various functionalities, including the acyl group of 603, and the heterocycle of 604.
  • Scheme VII can be used to provide benzo[d] imidazole compounds.
  • Carboxylic acid 302 is coupled with a suitable l,2-diaminoaryl compound 701 to form amide 702.
  • Dehydrative ring closure provides benzo[d] imidazole 703, using, for example, General Procedure P.
  • Scheme VIII can be used to provide imidazole compounds.
  • Carboxylic acid 302 is coupled with a suitable ethylenediamine compound 801 to form an amide (not shown), which forms benzo[d] imidazole 702 on dehydrative ring closure, using, for example, General Procedure P.
  • Scheme IX provides an alternative method for amide synthesis.
  • Carboxylic acid 302 is converted to the corresponding methyl ester 901, by using, for example, General Procedure K.
  • the ester can then be reacted with the anion of an arylamine, by using, for example, General Procedure N, to provide amide 902.
  • the diastereomers of 304 can be separated at this stage, to afford 902a and 902b (not shown).
  • the active methanesulfonate (“mesylate”) ester 1007a is formed, by using, for example, General Procedure L.
  • the mesylate group is then displaced by an amine anion, for example, the amine anion formed upon reaction of an amine with a Grignard reagent.
  • Compoud 1008a which is formed under these conditions, can be carried forth by any of the Schemes disclosed elsewhere. [0321] The invention is further illustrated by the following examples.
  • the mixture was diluted with EtO Ac/Hexane (20%, 600 ml) and washed with water (5X) and brine.
  • the aqueous phases were back extracted with EtO Ac/hexanes (20%, 1 x 400 ml), the organic layers combined, dried over MgS0 4 , and then filtered through a short plug (3 cm x 11 cm) of silica (washed with a further 1000 ml 20% EtO Ac/Hexane).
  • the solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure to give a colorless oil.
  • the residual solvent in the crude product was azeotroped with hexanes then twice with toluene.
  • the resulting colorless oil was further dried by azeotroping once with hexanes and then crystallizing by diluting with an equal volume of hexane and heating at 50°C.
  • the resulting biphasic mixture of colorless oil and solids in hexanes was allowed to age at RT overnight. The solid was removed by filtration and washed with cold hexanes and then dried in- vacuum to give the title compound (173 g, 727 mmol, 87%).
  • Ethyl diazoacetate (20 mL containing 13-20 wt %DCM and diluted 1:0.5 with DCM) was added dropwise via syringe pump at a rate of 9 mL/h over ⁇ 3.5 h. A further 30 mL of ethyl diazoacetate (undiluted) was then added at a rate of 8 mL/h (for the first 12 mL added) then slowed to 4mL/h (for remaining 18 ml), with provision for venting the N 2 gas that was generated by the reaction. Following completion of addition, the reaction was stirred overnight.
  • the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 0.5 h, ice bath change and then allowed to warm to RT overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (150 ml), filtered, the precipitate rinsed with water and hexanes and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (0.75 g).
  • the filtrate was extracted with DCM (3 x 75 ml), the organic extracts combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSC , filtered, and concentrated to give the desired product (1 g).
  • the precipitate and the extracted solid were combined to give the title compound (1.93 g, 6.23 mmol, 87 % yield) as a white solid.
  • the reaction was cooled in an ice bath and neutralized by the slow addition of TEA (65 ml, 467 mmol).
  • the reaction was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and with water (500 ml) and brine (200 ml), and the phases were separated.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc (200 ml/ea.), the organic layers were combined, dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated, to give crude material (viscous oil/semisolid, 17 g).
  • the crude was dissolved in minimal DCM, loaded onto a silica gel plug and purified by flash
  • the reaction was heated in a dry block at 90 °C for 3 h, and room temperature overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE® and the filtrate was diluted with DCM and washed with water, saturated NaHCCb, and brine, dried over MgSC , filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude was purified by flash chromatography (0 - 100 % EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound as a white solid.
  • the vial was purged with N 2 , sealed, and heated in a dry block at 80°C overnight.
  • the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • the reaction was diluted with DCM, washed with water and brine.
  • the aqueous layers were extracted with DCM, the organic layers combined, dried over Na 2 S0 4 , and decanted to give the title compound.
  • HeLa cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) and maintained in DMEM media containing 10% FBS. Cells (7,000/well) were seeded onto a 384 well plate in 50 pL of media and incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 overnight. Cell media was aspirated, fresh media containing lOng/mL IFNgamma was added, and cells were incubated in absence or presence of various concentrations of test compound (final 0.5 % DMSO) for 24 hours. Aliquots of the cell conditioned media were removed from the cell plate, and mixed with an equal volume of 200mM ZnS0 4 to precipitate media containing proteins.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • Table 2 summarises the results of the IDOl cell-based assay, in which the IC50 values are indicated for each compound as: (A) less than 200 nM; (B) 200 nM to 2 pM; (C) 2 pM to 5 pM; and (D) greater than 5 pM.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to bicyclic compounds and compositions and methods which may be useful as inhibitors of IDO1, IDO2, and TDO for the treatment or prevention of diseases such as cancer.

Description

COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF INDOLEAMINE 2,3-DIOXYGENASE AND/OR TRYPTOPHAN DIOXYGENASE
[001] This application claims the benefit of priority of United States Provisional Application No. 62/699,510, filed July 17, 2018, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference as if written herein in its entirety.
[002] Disclosed herein are new bicyclic compounds and compositions and their application as pharmaceuticals for the treatment of disease. Methods of inhibition of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase activity in a human or animal subject are also provided for the treatment of diseases such as cancer.
[003] Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDOl and ID02) and tryptophan dioxygenase (TDO) belong to a family of heme-containing enzymes that mediate the degradation of the essential amino acid L-tryptophan (L-TRP) to N- 1 o r m y 1 k y n u re n i n e. This is the first and rate- limiting step of L-TRP oxidation in the kynurenine (KYN) pathway. Although IDOl, ID02 and TDO all catalyse the same biochemical reaction, they share limited structural similarity. TDO is a homotetrameric enzyme with high substrate specificity for L-TRP, whilst IDOl is a monomeric enzyme which recognises a broader range of substrates including L- and D-TRP, serotonin and tryptamine. ID02 shares 43% sequence identity with IDOl but is much less effective in catabolizing L-TRP. In healthy patients, TDO is primarily expressed in the liver, and lower levels of the enzyme are also present in the brain. In contrast, IDOl is ubiquitous in the body, including in the placenta, lung, small and large intestines, colon, spleen, liver, kidney, stomach and brain. ID02 is expressed in a subset of the tissues that express IDOl, primarily in the kidney, as well as in the epididymis, testis, liver, ovary, uterus, and placenta (Dounay et aL , J. Med. Chem. (2015) 58:8762-8782).
[004] The KYN pathway is thought to regulate immune responses to prevent excessive immune activity and immunopathology. For example, IDOl is believed to play a role in the protection of the foetus from rejection by the mother’s immune system (Munn et al, Science (1998) 281:1191-1193), and is implicated in allergies, in autoimmunity, and in tolerance to allografts (Lovelace et aL, Neuropharmacology (2017) 112:373-388).
[005] The catabolism of L-TRP by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, and the production of L- TRP derived metabolites such as KYN, has also been identified as an important immune effector pathway in tumour cells to escape potential immune responses, for example by suppressing antigen- specific T-cells and natural killer T-cells, while inducing the formation of regulatory T-cells which suppress immune cells (Qian et al, RSC Adv. (2016) 6:7575- 7581). The generation of KYN and its metabolites, including quinolic acid (QUIN), also affects the synthesis of the coenzyme nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+). NAD+ plays an important role in DNA replication, and hence cell division, as well as in DNA repair, redox signalling, and mitochondrial function, all of which may be involved in cancer cell proliferation (Bostian et al, Chem. Res. Toxicol. (2016) 29:1369-1380).
[006] IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO are expressed by many human tumours. The degree of IDOl expression in tumour cells is known to correlate with clinical prognosis (e.g. overall survival and progression-free survival) and increased IDOl levels have been linked with tumour cell resistance to immunotherapy, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy agents.
Tumour cell resistance is often accompanied by increased metastasis, due to the suppression of the patient’s immune response to the invading cancer cells. In particular, in vitro experiments have demonstrated the role of IDOl in tumour chemoresistance to a variety of agents including cisplatin, olaparib, paclitaxel, pemetrexed, gemcitabine, and gamma radiation (Vareki et al, PLOS ONE (2015) 10(11), e0l43435/l-22).
[007] Aberrant KYN signalling has also been associated with a number of neurological diseases or disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis and Parkinson’s disease (Bostian, 2016). The interaction between immune activation and the metabolism of L-TRP via the kynurenine pathway has also been shown to be involved in neuropsychological diseases or disorders such as schizophrenia, anorexia and depression, including depressive and anxiety symptoms in the early puerperium (Lovelace, 2017).
[008] Inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO are also believed to have utility in the treatment of cataracts; infectious diseases where the immune system is compromised (e.g. influenza virus, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND)); and autoimmune disorders such as arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or multiple sclerosis (Lovelace, 2017).
[009] A number of structurally-di verse inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO have recently been developed. These include indoximod (NLG8189), which is being evaluated clinical studies for metastatic breast cancer, metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer, primary malignant brain tumours, metastatic pancreatic cancer, as well as metastatic prostate cancer; epacadostat (INCB024360), which is being evaluated in clinical studies in gynaecological and peritoneal cancers, melanoma, malignant solid tumour, lymphoma, breast, lung, and renal cell cancers; and GDC-0919 (NLG919), which is being evaluated in trials for the treatment of advanced-stage solid tumours.
[010] However, there remains a need for new inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, especially inhibitors having high potency, high selectivity and/or beneficial in vivo properties such as pharmacokinetic properties. This need is met by the present invention.
[011] The present inventors have discovered a family of compounds which are useful as inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, especially IDOl. These compounds are suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions as well as in medical treatments in which the KYN pathway needs to be modulated. In particular, the compounds of the invention are suitable for use in the treatment of cancers, immune system regulatory disorders and neurological disorders.
[012] Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors postulate that compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO apoprotein, i.e. before incorporation of the heme cofactor. Such inhibition may prevent the formation of functional protein and offer advantages over other classes of inhibitors which bind directly to the heme moiety in the holoprotein.
[013] Novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions, certain of which have been found to inhibit IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO have been discovered, together with methods of synthesizing and using the compounds including methods for the treatment of diseases mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO in a patient by administering the compounds.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[014] Provided herein is Embodiment 1: a compound having structural Formula (I):
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
either Lla is L^R1 and Llb is H, or Lla is H and Llb is L^R1;
either R2a is R2 and R2b is H, or R2a is H and R2b is R2;
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
L2 is chosen from -C(0)NH-, -C(NR4)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(NR4)-, -N(R4)C(R6)-, and -C(R6)N(R4)-,
Figure imgf000005_0001
forming a bicyclic ring system with R3 when R3 is cyclic;
Y1, Y2, Y3, Z1, Z2, and Z5 are independently chosen from CH, C(R9), N, NH, N(R9),
O, and S;
Z4 is chosen from C and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, (aryl)cycloalkyl, (heteroaryl)cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)aryl, and (heterocycloalkyl)aryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
or R3 and R4, together with the intervening atoms, form a first heteroaryl ring, which is optionally fused with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring to form a bicyclic heteroaryl system, said first heteroaryl ring or bicyclic heteroaryl system is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CFb;
each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)0R12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, Cs-eheterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11; each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[015] Certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful IDOl and /or ID02 inhibiting activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which IDOl and /or ID02 plays an active role. Thus, in a broad aspect, certain
embodiments also provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as well as methods of making and using the compounds and compositions. Certain embodiments provide methods for inhibiting IDOl and /or ID02. Other embodiments provide methods for treating an IDOl and /or ID02-mediated disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to the present invention. Also provided is the use of certain compounds disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of IDOl and /or ID02.
[016] Certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful TDO inhibiting activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which TDO plays an active role. Thus, in a broad aspect, certain embodiments also provide
pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as well as methods of making and using the compounds and compositions. Certain embodiments provide methods for inhibiting TDO. Other embodiments provide methods for treating a TDO -mediated disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to the present invention. Also provided is the use of certain compounds disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of TDO.
[017] In certain embodiments, Lla is L'-R1 and Llb is H.
[018] In certain embodiments, Lla is H and Llb is L' -R 1.
[019] In certain embodiments, R2a is R2 and R2b is H.
[020] In certain embodiments, R2a is H and R2b is R2. [021] In certain embodiments, R1 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[022] In certain embodiments, R1 is chosen from monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[023] In certain embodiments, R1 is bicyclic aryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[024] In certain embodiments, R1 is chosen from monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[025] In certain embodiments, R1 is bicyclic heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[026] In certain embodiments, R1 is chosen from indol-l-yl, indazol-l-yl, and benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[027] In certain embodiments, R1 is benzol <7|imida/ol- 1 -yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[028] In certain embodiments, R1 is 5,6-difluorobenzo[<i]imidazol-l-yl.
[029] In certain embodiments, R1 is chosen from quinolin-4-yl and isoiquinolin-4-yl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[030] In certain embodiments, R1 is quinolin-4-yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[031] In certain embodiments, R1 is 6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl.
[032] In certain embodiments,
Figure imgf000007_0001
[033] In certain embodiments,
Figure imgf000007_0002
, forming a bicyclic ring system with R3 when R3 is cyclic.
[034] In certain embodiments, L2 is
Figure imgf000007_0003
, forming a bicyclic ring system with R3 when R3 is cyclic.
[035] In certain embodiments, L2 and R3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from benzo[d]imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, triazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, quinazolinonyl, and imidazopyridazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[036] In certain embodiments, L2 and R3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from b e n zo | <71 i m i d a zo 1 - 2 - y 1 , 177-imidazo|4,5-6|pyridin-2-yl, imidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-3-yl, ben zo | <71 th i a zo 1 - 2 - y 1 , be n zo | d | o x a zo 1 - 2 - y 1 , [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-3-yl, 177-pyrazolo- 14,3-6 Ipyridin- 1 -yl, 17/-pyrazolo|4,3-6|pyridin-3-yl, 17/-pyrazolo|3,4-6|pyridin- 1 -yl, 177- pyrazolo| 3,4-6 |pyridin-3-yl, imidazo[l,5-6]pyridazin-5-yl, imidazo[l,5-6]pyridazin-7-yl, and imidazo[ 1 ,2-6]pyridazine-2-yl.
[037] In certain embodiments, L2 and R3 combine to form a benzo[<7]imidazolyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[038] In certain embodiments, L2 is -C(0)NH-.
[039] In certain embodiments, L2 is -NHC(O)-.
[040] In certain embodiments, R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl and cycloalkyl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups.
[041] In certain embodiments, R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl and cycloalkyl.
[042] In certain embodiments, R2 is chosen from Ci-4alkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl.
[043] In certain embodiments, R2 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, and cyclopropyl.
[044] In certain embodiments, R3 is cycloalkyl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[045] In certain embodiments, R3 is chosen from cyclobutyl, bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl, bicyclo[2.l.l]hexan-l-yl, bicyclo[2.2.l]heptan-l-yl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octan-l-yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[046] In certain embodiments, R3 is bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
4 H 4 \<H 4 Vr9
[047] In certain embodiments, R3 is chosen from , ' N/^R9 , ® N/ R9 ,
Figure imgf000008_0001
[048] In certain embodiments, R3 is chosen from phenyl and monocyclic heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[049] In certain embodiments, R3 is chosen from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups. [050] In certain embodiments, R3 is chosen from pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, and l,2,4-triazolyl.
[051] Provided herein is Embodiment 2: a compound having structural Formula (II):
Figure imgf000009_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and heteroaryl (cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[052] Provided herein is Embodiment 3: a compound having structural Formula (III):
Figure imgf000009_0002
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
L2 is chosen from -C(0)0-, -C(0)NH-, -C(NR4)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(0)NH-, - NHC(NR4)-, -N(R4)C(R6)-, and -C(R6)N(R4)-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano, or is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CH3; and
each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[053] Provided herein is Embodiment 4: a compound having structural Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000010_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-; R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and heteroaryl (cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[054] Provided herein is Embodiment 5: a compound having structural Formula (V):
Figure imgf000011_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
n is 0, 1, or 2;
X1 is chosen from C(R9a), N, O, and S;
X2 is chosen from C(R9b), N, O, and S;
X3 is chosen from C(R9c), N, O, and S;
X4 is chosen from C(R9d), N, O, and S;
X5 is chosen from a bond, C(R9e), N, O, and S;
L1 is chosen from a bond, -O-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-; L2 is chosen from -C(0)NH-, -C(NR4)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(NR4)-, -N(R4)C(R6)-, and -C(R6)N(R4)-,
Figure imgf000012_0001
, forming, as shown, a
bicyclic ring system with
Figure imgf000012_0002
(which, for clarity, is a type of R3);
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CH3;
R9a, R9b, R9c, R9d, and R9e are independently chosen from H, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)0R12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[055] Provided herein is Embodiment 6: a compound having structural Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000013_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
X1, X2, and X4 are independently chosen from CH and N;
X5 is chosen from a bond, CH and N;
at most two of X1, X2, X4, and X are N;
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R9a is chosen from H, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[056] Provided herein is Embodiment 7: a compound having structural Formula (VII):
Figure imgf000013_0002
(VII)
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
X1 is chosen from NH, NR9, O, and S;
X5 is chosen from CH, CR9, and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; and
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[057] Provided herein is Embodiment 8: a compound having structural Formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000014_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -O-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
X4 and X5 are independently chosen from CH, CR9, and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups; R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, Cs ecycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[058] Provided herein is Embodiment 9: a compound having structural Formula (IX):
Figure imgf000015_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
Z2 is chosen from NH, NR9, O, and S;
Z5 is chosen from CH, C(R9), and N;
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; each R7 and R8 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano;
R9a and R9b are independently chosen from H, alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano,
or R9a and R9b, together with the intervening atoms, combine to form an aryl or heteroaryl ring, which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; and
each R9 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
[059] Provided herein is Embodiment 10: a compound having structural Formula (X):
Figure imgf000016_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
Z5 is chosen from CH, C(R9), and N;
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7 and R8 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl,halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano;
R9a and R9b are independently chosen from H, alkyl, Cs ecycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano,
or R9a and R9b, together with the intervening atoms, combine to form a heteroaryl ring, which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; and
each R9 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano. [060] Provided herein is Embodiment 11: a compound having structural Formula (XI):
Figure imgf000017_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
Z1, Z2, and Z5 are independently chosen from CH, C(R9), NH, NR9, O, and S;
Z4 is chosen from C and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[061] Provided herein is Embodiment 12: a compound having structural Formula (XII):
Figure imgf000017_0002
(XII)
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
Y1, Y2, and Y3 are independently chosen from CH, C(R9), NH, NR9, O, and S;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl,
NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, Cs-ecycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
[062] The disclosure provides the further embodiments:
[063] Embodiment 13: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 4, and 6, wherein R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[064] Embodiment 14: The compound of Embodiment 13, wherein R3 is chosen from bicycloalkyl and heterobicycloalkyl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[065] Embodiment 15: The compound of Embodiment 14, wherein R3 is chosen from bicyclo[l.l.l]pentane, bicyclo[2.l.l]hexane, bicyclo[2.2.l]heptane, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, any of which is optionally substituted with one or two R9 groups. [066] Embodiment 16: The compound of Embodiment 15, wherein R3 is chosen from bicyclo[ 1.1.1 Ipentane.
[067] Embodiment 17: The compound of any one of 1, 2, and 4, wherein R3 is H or is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
[068] Embodiment 18: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 11, and 12, wherein R3 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[069] Embodiment 19: The compound of Embodiment 18, wherein R3 is a 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[070] Embodiment 20: The compound of Embodiment 19, wherein R3 is chosen from phenyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[071] Embodiment 21: The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R3a is H.
[072] Embodiment 22: The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano, or is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[073] Embodiment 23: The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
[074] Embodiment 24: The compound of Embodiment 3, wherein R3a is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[075] Embodiment 25: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 20, wherein L1 is a bond.
[076] Embodiment 26: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 20, wherein L1 is 0
[077] Embodiment 27: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 20, wherein L1 is -NR5-.
[078] Embodiment 28: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 27, wherein R1 is benzol d|imidazol- 1 -yl, and is substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[079] Embodiment 29: The compound of Embodiment 11, wherein L2 and R3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from benzo[d]imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, triazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, quinazolinonyl, and imidazopyridazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups. [080] Embodiment 29: The compound of Embodiment 28, wherein R1 is 5,6-difluoro benzol <7|imidazol- 1 -yl.
[081] Embodiment 30: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 27, wherein R1 is quinolin-4-yl, and is substituted with one or more R7 groups.
[082] Embodiment 31 : The compound of Embodiment 30, wherein R1 is 6- fluoroquinolin-4-yl.
[083] Embodiment 32: The compound of any one of Embodiments 1 - 31, wherein R2 is chosen from H, alkyl, and cycloalkyl.
[084] Embodiment 33: The compound of Embodiment 32, wherein R2 is chosen from H, methyl, ethyl, and cyclopropyl.
[085] Embodiment 34: The compound of Embodiment 18, wherein R3 is a bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl, either one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
[086] Also provided are embodiments wherein any embodiment above may be combined with any one or more of these embodiments, provided the combination is not mutually exclusive.
[087] As used herein, two embodiments are“mutually exclusive” when one is defined to be something which is different than the other. For example, an embodiment wherein two groups combine to form a cycloalkyl is mutually exclusive with an embodiment in which one group is ethyl the other group is hydrogen. Similarly, an embodiment wherein one group is Chk is mutually exclusive with an embodiment wherein the same group is NH.
[088] Also provided is a compound chosen from the Examples disclosed herein.
[089] The present invention also relates to a method of inhibiting at least one function of a target chosen from IDOl, ID02 and TDO comprising the step of contacting said target with a compound as described herein. The cell phenotype, cell proliferation, activity of said target, change in biochemical output produced by active target, expression of target, or binding of target with a natural binding partner may be monitored. Such methods may be modes of treatment of disease, biological assays, cellular assays, biochemical assays, or the like.
[090] Also provided herein is a method of treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein, or a salt thereof, to a patient in need thereof.
[091] In certain embodiments, the disease is cancer. [092] In certain embodiments, the disease is a cancer chosen from head and neck cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain tumour, gynecological cancer, peritoneal cancer, skin cancer, thyroid cancer, oesophageal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, renal cell cancer, biliary tract cancer, hematologic cancer, and blood cancer.
[093] In certain embodiments, the disease is a neurological disease or disorder.
[094] In certain embodiments, the disease is a neurological disease or disorder chosen from Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND).
[095] In certain embodiments, the disease is a neuropsychological disease.
[096] In certain embodiments, the disease is a neuropsychological disease or disorder chosen from schizophrenia, anorexia, depression, and anxiety.
[097] In certain embodiments, the disease is an autoimmune disease or disorder.
[098] In certain embodiments, the disease is an autoimmune disease or disorder chosen from arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and multiple sclerosis.
[099] In certain embodiments, the disease is an infection.
[0100] In certain embodiments, the disease is an infection chosen from influenza vims infection, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis infection, and human immunodeficiency vims (HIV).
[0101] In certain embodiments, the disease is a cataract.
[0102] In certain embodiments, the disease is a vacular disease.
[0103] Also provided herein is a compound as disclosed herein for use as a medicament.
[0104] Also provided herein is a compound as disclosed herein for use as a medicament for the treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO.
[0105] Also provided is the use of a compound as disclosed herein as a medicament.
[0106] Also provided is the use of a compound as disclosed herein as a medicament for the treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO.
[0107] Also provided is a compound as disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a mediated disease mediated by.
[0108] Also provided is the use of a compound as disclosed herein for the treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO. [0109] Also provided herein is a method of inhibition of a target chosen from IDOl,
ID02 and TDO comprising contacting said target with a compound as disclosed herein, or a salt thereof.
[0110] Also provided herein is a method for achieving an effect in a patient comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein, or a salt thereof, to a patient, wherein the effect is chosen from cognition enhancement.
[0111] In certain embodiments, the disease mediated by IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO is cancer.
[0112] Also provided is a method of modulation of a function of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO in a subject comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein.
[0113] Also provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0114] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for oral administration·
[0115] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for parenteral administration.
[0116] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration.
[0117] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intramuscular administration.
[0118] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for subcutaneous administration.
[0119] In certain embodiments, the oral pharmaceutical composition is chosen from a tablet and a capsule.
Abbreviations and Definitions Terms
[0120] As used herein, the terms below have the meanings indicated.
[0121] When ranges of values are disclosed, and the notation“from ... to n2” or “between m ... and n2” is used, where m and n2 are the numbers, then unless otherwise specified, this notation is intended to include the numbers themselves and the range between them. This range may be integral or continuous between and including the end values . By way of example, the range“from 2 to 6 carbons” is intended to include two, three, four, five, and six carbons, since carbons come in integer units. Compare, by way of example, the range “from 1 to 3 mM (micromolar),” which is intended to include 1 mM, 3 pM, and everything in between to any number of significant figures (e.g., 1.255 pM, 2.1 pM, 2.9999 pM, etc.).
[0122] The term“about,” as used herein, is intended to qualify the numerical values which it modifies, denoting such a value as variable within a margin of error. When no particular margin of error, such as a standard deviation to a mean value given in a chart or table of data, is recited, the term“about” should be understood to mean that range which would encompass the recited value and the range which would be included by rounding up or down to that figure as well, taking into account significant figures.
[0123] The term“acyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a carbonyl attached to an alkenyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or any other moiety were the atom attached to the carbonyl is carbon. An“acetyl” group refers to a -C(0)CH3 group. An“alkylcarbonyl” or“alkanoyl” group refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group. Examples of such groups include
methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl. Examples of acyl groups include formyl, alkanoyl and aroyl.
[0124] The term“alkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight- chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more double bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkenyl will comprise from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The term“alkenylene” refers to a carbon-carbon double bond system attached at two or more positions such as ethenylene [(-CH=CH-),(-C::C-)]. Examples of suitable alkenyl radicals include ethenyl, propenyl, 2-methylpropenyl, l,4-butadienyl and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term“alkenyl” may include“alkenylene” groups.
[0125] The term“alkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl ether radical, wherein the term alkyl is as defined below. Examples of suitable alkyl ether radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
[0126] The term“alkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight- chain or branched-chain alkyl radical containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl, noyl and the like. The term“alkylene,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated aliphatic group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon attached at two or more positions, such as methylene
(-CH2-). Unless otherwise specified, the term“alkyl” may include“alkylene” groups.
[0127] The term“alkylamino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an amino group. Suitable alkylamino groups may be mono- or dialkylated, forming groups such as, for example, /V-methylamino, iV-ethylamino, /V,/V-dimethylamino, N, /V- eth y 1 m et h y 1 a m i no and the like.
[0128] The term“alkylidene,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkenyl group in which one carbon atom of the carbon-carbon double bond belongs to the moiety to which the alkenyl group is attached.
[0129] The term“alkylthio,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl thioether (R-S-) radical wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and wherein the sulfur may be singly or doubly oxidized. Examples of suitable alkyl thioether radicals include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, iso-butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfinyl, and the like.
[0130] The term“alkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight- chain or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having one or more triple bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The term“alkynylene” refers to a carbon-carbon triple bond attached at two positions such as ethynylene (-C:::C-,
-CºC-). Examples of alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-l- yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-l-yl, 3-methylbutyn-l-yl, hexyn-2-yl, and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term“alkynyl” may include“alkynylene” groups.
[0131] The terms“amido” and“carbamoyl,”as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to an amino group as described below attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, or vice versa. The term“C-amido” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a -C(0)N(RR’) group with R and R’ as defined herein or as defined by the specifically enumerated“R” groups designated. As such, it includes primary, secondary, and tertiary amido groups. The term“/V-amido” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a RC(0)N(R’)- group, with R and R’ as defined herein or as defined by the specifically enumerated“R” groups designated. The term "acylamino" as used herein, alone or in combination, embraces an acyl group attached to the parent moiety through an amino group. An example of an "acylamino" group is acetylamino (CH3C(0)NH-).
[0132] The term“amino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -NRR , wherein R and R are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may themselves be optionally substituted. As such, it includes primary, secondary, and tertiary amino groups. Additionally, R and R’ may combine to form heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
[0133] The term "aryl," as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such polycyclic ring systems are fused together. The term "aryl" embraces aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl.
[0134] The term“arylalkenyl” or“aralkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkenyl group.
[0135] The term“arylalkoxy” or“aralkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
[0136] The term“arylalkyl” or“aralkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
[0137] The term“arylalkynyl” or“aralkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkynyl group.
[0138] The term“arylalkanoyl” or“aralkanoyl” or“aroyl,”as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an acyl radical derived from an aryl- substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, napthoyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl (hydrocinnamoyl), 4- phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
[0139] The term aryloxy as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy.
[0140] The terms“benzo” and“benz,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the divalent radical ,H4= derived from benzene. Examples include benzothiophene and benzo [d] imidazole. [0141] The term“carbamate,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an ester of carbamic acid (-NHCOO-) which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety from either the nitrogen or acid end, and which may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
[0142] The term“O-carbamyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a -OC(0)NRR’ , group-with R and R’ as defined herein.
[0143] The term“iV-carbamyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a ROC(0)NR’- group, with R and R’ as defined herein.
[0144] The term“carbonyl,” as used herein, when alone includes formyl [-C(0)H] and in combination is a -C(O)- group.
[0145] The term“carboxyl” or“carboxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -C(0)OH or the corresponding“carboxylate” anion, such as is in a carboxylic acid salt. An “O-carboxy” group refers to a RC(0)0- group, where R is as defined herein. A“C-carboxy” group refers to a -C(0)OR groups where R is as defined herein.
[0146] The term“cyano,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -CN.
[0147] The term“cyclic” as used herein in reference to a chemical group means forming a ring or ring system. Cyclic groups include both non-aromatic cyclic (cycloaliphatic) groups such as cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, and aromatic groups such as aryl and heteroaryl.
[0148] The term“cycloalkyl,” or, alternatively,“carbocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl group wherein each cyclic moiety contains from 3 to 12 carbon atom ring members and which may optionally be a benzo fused ring system which is optionally substituted as defined herein. In certain embodiments, said cycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, octahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH- indenyl, adamantyl and the like.“Bicyclic” and“tricyclic” as used herein are intended to include both fused ring systems, such as decahydronaphthalene, octahydronaphthalene as well as the multicyclic (multicentered) saturated or partially unsaturated type. The latter type of isomer is exemplified in general by, bicyclo[l,l,l]pentane, camphor, adamantane, and bicyclo[3,2,l]octane.
[0149] The term“ester,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a carboxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon ato s.
[0150] The term“ether,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms. [0151] The term“halo,” or“halogen,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
[0152] The term“haloalkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
[0153] The term“haloalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl radical having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals. A monohaloalkyl radical, for one example, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. Examples of haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl,
dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
“Haloalkylene” refers to a haloalkyl group attached at two or more positions. Examples include fluoromethylene
(-CFH-), difluoromethylene (-CF2 -), chloromethylene (-CHC1-) and the like.
[0154] The term "heteroalkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, fully saturated or containing from 1 to 3 degrees of unsaturation, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, and wherein the N and S atoms may optionally be oxidized and the N heteroatom may optionally be quatemized. The heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH-OCH3.
[0155] The term "heteroaryl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a 3 to 15 membered unsaturated heteromonocyclic ring, or a fused monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system in which at least one of the fused rings is aromatic, which contains at least one atom chosen from N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, said heteroaryl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members. In further embodiments, said heteroaryl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members. In certain embodiments, said heteroaryl will comprise from 5 to 7 atoms. The term also embraces fused polycyclic groups wherein heterocyclic rings are fused with aryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with other heteroaryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with heterocycloalkyl rings, or wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with cycloalkyl rings. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl, pyranyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzo[d]imidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, benzopyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, thienopyridinyl, furopyridinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl and the like.
Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.
[0156] The terms“heterocycloa]kyl” and, interchangeably,“heterocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, each refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated (but nonaromatic) monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom (non-carbon atom) as a ring member, wherein each said heteroatom may be independently chosen from N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members. In further embodiments, said
hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members. In certain embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 8 ring members in each ring. In further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 7 ring members in each ring. In yet further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 6 ring members in each ring.“Heterocycloalkyl” and“heterocycle” are intended to include sulfones, sulfoxides, 77-oxides of tertiary nitrogen ring members, and carbocyclic fused and benzo fused ring systems; additionally, both terms also include systems where a heterocycle ring is fused to an aryl group, as defined herein, or an additional heterocycle group.
Heterocycloalkyl also includes bridged or spirocyclic systems. Examples of heterocycle groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, l,3-benzodioxolyl, dihydroisoindolyl,
dihydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrocinnolinyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydro[l,3]oxazolo[4,5- b 1 pyridi ny 1 , benzothiazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihy-dropyridinyl, l,3-dioxanyl, l,4-dioxanyl, l,3-dioxolanyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, piperidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and the like. The heterocycle groups may be optionally substituted unless specifically prohibited.
[0157] The term“hydrazinyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to two amino groups joined by a single bond, i.e., -N-N-.
[0158] The term“hydroxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -OH. [0159] The term“hydroxyalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a hydroxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
[0160] The term“imino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to =N-.
[0161] The term“iminohydroxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to
=N(OH) and =N-0-.
[0162] The phrase“in the main chain” refers to the longest contiguous or adjacent chain of carbon atoms starting at the point of attachment of a group to the compounds of any one of the formulas disclosed herein.
[0163] The term“isocyanato” refers to a -NCO group.
[0164] The term“isothiocyanato” refers to a -NCS group.
[0165] The phrase“linear chain of atoms” refers to the longest straight chain of atoms independently selected from carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
[0166] The term“lower,” as used herein, alone or in a combination, where not otherwise specifically defined, means containing from 1 to and including 6 carbon atoms (i.e., Ci-C6 alkyl).
[0167] The term“lower aryl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, either of which may be optionally substituted as provided.
[0168] The term“lower heteroaryl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means either 1) monocyclic heteroaryl comprising five or six ring members, of which between one and four said members may be heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, or 2) bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each of the fused rings comprises five or six ring members, comprising between them one to four heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S.
[0169] The term“lower cycloalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic cycloalkyl having between three and six ring members (i.e., C3-C6 cycloalkyl). Lower cycloalkyls may be unsaturated. Examples of lower cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
[0170] The term“lower heterocycloalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic heterocycloalkyl having between three and six ring members, of which between one and four may be heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S (i.e., C3-C6
heterocycloalkyl). Examples of lower heterocycloalkyls include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl. Lower heterocycloalkyls may be unsaturated. [0171] The term“lower amino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -NRR , wherein R and R are independently chosen from hydrogen and lower alkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
[0172] The term“mercaptyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an RS- group, where R is as defined herein.
[0173] The term“nitro,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -NO2.
[0174] The terms“oxy” or“oxa,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to -0-.
[0175] The term“oxo,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to =0.
[0176] The term“perhaloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
[0177] The term“perhaloalkyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
[0178] The terms“sulfonate,”“sulfonic acid,” and“sulfonic,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer the -SO3H group and its anion as the sulfonic acid is used in salt formation.
[0179] The term“sulfanyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -S-.
[0180] The term“sulfinyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to
-S(O)-.
[0181] The term“sulfonyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -S(0)2-
[0182] The term“/V-sulfonamido” refers to a RS(0)2NR’- group with R and R’ as defined herein.
[0183] The term“S-sulfonamido” refers to a -S(0)2NRR’, group, with R and R’ as defined herein.
[0184] The terms“thia” and“thio,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to a - S- group or an ether wherein the oxygen is replaced with sulfur. The oxidized derivatives of the thio group, namely sulfinyl and sulfonyl, are included in the definition of thia and thio.
[0185] The term“thiol,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an -SH group.
[0186] The term“thiocarbonyl,” as used herein, when alone includes thioformyl -C(S)H and in combination is a -C(S)- group.
[0187] The term“iV-thiocarbamyl” refers to an ROC(S)NR’- group, with R and R’as defined herein.
[0188] The term“O-thiocarbamyl” refers to a -OC(S)NRR’, group with R and R’as defined herein. [0189] The term“thiocyanato” refers to a -CNS group.
[0190] The term“trihalomethanesulfonamido” refers to a X^CSiOkNR- group with X is a halogen and R as defined herein.
[0191] The term“trihalomethanesulfonyl” refers to a X^CSiOR- group where X is a halogen.
[0192] The term“trihalomethoxy” refers to a X3CO- group where X is a halogen.
[0193] The term“trisubstituted silyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a silicone group substituted at its three free valences with groups as listed herein under the definition of substituted amino. Examples include trimethysilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, triphenylsilyl and the like.
[0194] Any definition herein may be used in combination with any other definition to describe a composite structural group. By convention, the trailing element of any such definition is that which attaches to the parent moiety. For example, the composite group alkylamido would represent an alkyl group attached to the parent molecule through an ami do group, and the term alkoxyalkyl would represent an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecule through an alkyl group.
[0195] When a group is defined to be“null,” what is meant is that said group is absent.
[0196] The term“optionally substituted” means the anteceding group may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituents of an“optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or a particular designated set of groups, alone or in combination: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanoyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower
heterocycloalkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkenyl, lower haloalkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower perhaloalkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, phenyl, aryl, aryloxy, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, oxo, lower acyloxy, carbonyl, carboxyl, lower alkylcarbonyl, lower carboxyester, lower carboxamido, cyano, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, arylamino, amido, nitro, thiol, lower alkylthio, lower haloalkylthio, lower perhaloalkylthio, arylthio, sulfonate, sulfonic acid, trisubstituted silyl, N3, SH, SCH3, C(0)CH3, CO2CH3, CO2H, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, lower carbamate, and lower urea. Where structurally feasible, two substituents may be joined together to form a fused five-, six-, or seven- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring consisting of zero to three heteroatoms, for example forming methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy. An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., -CH2CH3), fully substituted (e.g., -CF2CF3), monosubstituted (e.g., - CH2CH2F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and
monosubstituted (e.g., -CH2CF3). Where substituents are recited without qualification as to substitution, both substituted and unsubstituted forms are encompassed. Where a substituent is qualified as“substituted,” the substituted form is specifically intended. Additionally, different sets of optional substituents to a particular moiety may be defined as needed; in these cases, the optional substitution will be as defined, often immediately following the phrase,“optionally substituted with.”
[0197] The term R or the term R’ , appearing by itself and without a number designation, unless otherwise defined, refers to a moiety chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Such R and R’ groups should be understood to be optionally substituted as defined herein. Whether an R group has a number designation or not, every R group, including R, R’ and Rn where n=(l, 2, 3, ...n), every substituent, and every term should be understood to be independent of every other in terms of selection from a group. Should any variable, substituent, or term (e.g. aryl, heterocycle, R, etc.) occur more than one time in a formula or generic structure, its definition at each occurrence is independent of the definition at every other occurrence. Those of skill in the art will further recognize that certain groups may be attached to a parent molecule or may occupy a position in a chain of elements from either end as written. For example, an unsymmetrical group such as -C(0)N(R)- may be attached to the parent moiety at either the carbon or the nitrogen.
Asymmetric centers exist in the compounds disclosed herein. These centers are designated by the symbols“R” or“S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. It should be understood that the invention encompasses all stereochemical isomeric forms, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d- isomers and 1 -isomers, and mixtures thereof; the mixture may be racemic (having approximately equal amounts of enantiomers) or have one enantiomer (or diastereomer) is present in an enantiomeric excess of at least about 5%, 10%, 25%, 40%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% or 99%, e.g. about 100%. Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns, or any other appropriate method known in the art. Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein may exist as geometric isomers. The present invention includes all cis, trans, syn, anti, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Additionally, compounds may exist as tautomers; all tautomeric isomers are encompassed by this invention. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms.
[0198] Isotopically-enriched compounds are also within the scope of the present disclosure. As used herein, an“isotopically-enciched compound” refers to a presently disclosed compound including pharmaceutical salts and prodrugs thereof, each as described herein, in which one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds presently disclosed include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 170, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively. In certain embodiments, the isotopically-enriched compound, is a deuterated compound, i.e.,. a compound which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by deuterium.
[0199] The term“bond” refers to a covalent linkage between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure. A bond may be single, double, or triple unless otherwise specified. A dashed line between two atoms in a drawing of a molecule indicates that an additional bond may be present or absent at that position.
[0200] The term“disease” as used herein is intended to be generally synonymous, and is used interchangeably with, the terms“disorder,”“syndrome,” and“condition” (as in medical condition), in that all reflect an abnormal condition of the human or animal body or of one of its parts that impairs normal functioning, is typically manifested by distinguishing signs and symptoms, and causes the human or animal to have a reduced duration or quality of life.
[0201] The term "combination therapy" means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents to treat a therapeutic condition or disorder described in the present disclosure. Such administration encompasses co-administration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each active ingredient. In addition, such administration also encompasses use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment regimen will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination in treating the conditions or disorders described herein.
[0202] The compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO. In particular, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors of IDOl. Assays for determining the inhibitory activity of compounds against IDOl (e.g. against mouse or human IDOl, or a fragment thereof having catalytic activity) are known in the art and are also set out in the following Examples. The activity values listed below may, for example, be determined according to an assay as disclosed herein.
[0203] In certain embodiments, compounds of the invention have an IC50 value (e.g. an inhibitory activity against IDOl in a cell -based assay) of less than 10 mM, less than 5 pM, less than 2 pM, less than 1 pM, less than 500 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 75 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 40 nM, less than 30 nM, less than 25 nM, less than 20 nM, less than 15 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 8 nM, less than 6 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 4 nM, less than 3 nM, less than 2.5 nM, or less than 2 nM.
[0204] The compounds of the invention may be selective for IDOl and/or ID02 over TDO. In particular, the compounds of the invention may be selective for IDOl over TDO. Assays for determining the selectivity of a compound for IDOl (or ID02) over TDO are known in the art and are illustrated in the following Examples.
[0205] In embodiments, the compounds of the invention are selective for IDOl over TDO by a value of at least 100 times, at least 200 times, at least 500 times, at least 1000 times, at least 2000 times, at least 5000 times or at least 10000 times. By“selective” is meant that the concentration of compound which results in 50% maximal inhibition (IC50) of TDO is at least the stated factor more than the concentration of compound which results in 50% maximal inhibition of IDOl. Thus, a compound having an IC50 value of 10 nM against IDOl, and having an IC50 value of 20 pM against TDO, is selective for IDOl over TDO by a value of 2000 times.
[0206] The phrase“therapeutically effective” or“effective” when used to modify an amount of a drug is intended to qualify the amount of active ingredients used in the treatment of a disease or disorder or on the effecting of a clinical endpoint. An“effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages. Such delivery is dependent on a number of variables including the time period for which the individual dosage unit is to be used, the bioavailability of the therapeutic agent, the route of administration, etc..
[0207] The term“therapeutically acceptable” or“pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds (or salts, prodrugs, tautomers, zwitterionic forms, etc.) or formulations thereof which are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
[0208] As used herein, reference to "treatment" of a patient is intended, in certain embodiments, to include arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its clinical symptoms; and/or relieving the disease, i.e. causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms; and/or complete protection from disease, for example as in the case of prevention of infection with a pathogen, or may involve prevention of disease progression. Prevention of a disease may not mean complete foreclosure of any effect related to the disease at any level, but instead may mean prevention of the symptoms of a disease to a clinically significant or detectable level. Prevention of diseases may also mean prevention of progression of a disease to a later stage of the disease.
[0209] A patient“with” or“having” a disease is one who has been diagnosed with or is predisposed to the disease. A patient may also be referred to being“at risk of having” a disease because of a history of disease in their family lineage, because of the presence of genetic mutations associated with the disease, or due to the presence of predisposing factors in their life or lifestyle. A patient at risk of a disease has not yet developed all or some of the characteristic pathologies of the disease.
[0210] The term“patient” is generally synonymous with the term“subject” and includes all mammals including humans. Examples of patients include humans, livestock such as cattle, goats, sheep, pigs, and rabbits, and companion animals such as dogs, cats, rabbits, and horses. Preferably, the patient is a human.
[0211] The term "prodrug" refers to a compound that is made more active in vivo.
Certain compounds disclosed herein may also exist as prodrugs, as described in Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism : Chemistry, Biochemistry, and Enzymology (Testa, Bernard and Mayer, Joachim M. Wiley- VHCA, Zurich, Switzerland 2003). Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are structurally modified forms of the compound that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions, either spontaneous or enzymatic, to provide the compound. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compound by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to a compound when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the compound, or parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. A wide variety of prodrug derivatives are known in the art, such as those that rely on hydrolytic cleavage or oxidative activation of the prodrug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug"), but then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity. Additional examples include peptidyl derivatives of a compound.
[0212] The compounds disclosed herein can exist as therapeutically acceptable salts. The present invention includes compounds listed above in the form of salts, including acid addition salts. Suitable salts include those formed with both organic and inorganic acids.
Such acid addition salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of non- pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utility in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Basic addition salts may also be formed and be pharmaceutically acceptable. For a more complete discussion of the preparation and selection of salts, refer to Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use (Stahl, P. Heinrich. Wiley-VCHA, Zurich, Switzerland, 2002).
[0213] The term“therapeutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds disclosed herein which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible and therapeutically acceptable as defined herein. The salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with a suitable acid. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, L-ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate
(besylate), bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, formate, fumarate, gentisate, glutarate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethansulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, malonate, DL-mandelate, mesitylenesulfonate,
methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylproprionate, phosphonate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, pyroglutamate, succinate, sulfonate, tartrate, L-tartrate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, phosphate, glutamate, bicarbonate, para-toluenesulfonate (p-tosylate), and undecanoate. Also, basic groups in the compounds disclosed herein can be quatemized with methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl and phenethyl bromides. Examples of acids which can be employed to form therapeutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric. Salts can also be formed by coordination of the compounds with an alkali metal or alkaline earth ion. Hence, the present invention contemplates sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts of the compounds disclosed herein, and the like.
[0214] Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reacting a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. The cations of therapeutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium,
methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, A, A-di methylani 1 i ne, A-methylpiperidine, A-methyl morphol i ne, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, A, A-dibenzylphenethylamine, l-ephenamine, and A, A-dibenzylethylenediamine. Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
[0215] In certain embodiments, the salts may include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfonate, citrate, tartrate, phosphonate, lactate, pyruvate, acetate, succinate, oxalate, fumarate, malate, oxaloacetate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate and isethionate salts of compounds disclosed herein. A salt of a compound can be made by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with the appropriate acid.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0216] While it may be possible for the compounds of the subject invention to be administered as the raw chemical, it is also possible to present them as a pharmaceutical formulation. Accordingly, provided herein are pharmaceutical formulations which comprise one or more of certain compounds disclosed herein, or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs, amides, or solvates thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be manufactured in any manner known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
[0217] The formulations include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including
subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarticular, and intramedullary), intraperitoneal, transmucosal, transdermal, rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) administration although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Typically, these methods include the step of bringing into association a compound of the subject invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, prodrug or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
Oral Administration
[0218] The compounds of the present disclosure may be administered orally, including swallowing, so the compound enters the gastrointestinal tract, or is absorbed into the blood stream directly from the mouth, including sublingual or buccal administration.
[0219] Suitable compositions for oral administration include solid formulations such as tablets, pills, cachets, lozenges and hard or soft capsules, which can contain liquids, gels, powders, or granules, solutions or suspensions in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-in- water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
[0220] In a tablet or capsule dosage form the amount of drug present may be from about 0.05% to about 95% by weight, more typically from about 2% to about 50% by weight of the dosage form. [0221] In addition, tablets or capsules may contain a disintegrant, comprising from about 0.5% to about 35% by weight, more typically from about 2% to about 25% of the dosage form. Examples of disintegrants include methyl cellulose, sodium or calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose, starch and the like.
[0222] Suitable binders, for use in a tablet, include gelatin, polyethylene glycol, sugars, gums, starch, hydroxypropyl cellulose and the like. Suitable diluents, for use in a tablet, include mannitol, xylitol, lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol and starch.
[0223] Suitable surface active agents and glidants, for use in a tablet or capsule, may be present in amounts from about 0.1% to about 3% by weight, and include polysorbate 80, sodium dodecyl sulfate, talc and silicon dioxide.
[0224] Suitable lubricants, for use in a tablet or capsule, may be present in amounts from about 0.1% to about 5% by weight, and include calcium, zinc or magnesium stearate, sodium stearyl fumarate and the like.
[0225] Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with a liquid diluent. Dyes or pigments may be added to tablets for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
[0226] Liquid formulations can include emulsions, solutions, syrups, elixirs and suspensions, which can be used in soft or hard capsules. Such formulations may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for example, water, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, cellulose, or an oil. The formulation may also include one or more emulsifying agents and/or suspending agents.
[0227] Compositions for oral administration may be formulated as immediate or modified release, including delayed or sustained release, optionally with enteric coating.
[0228] In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0229] Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration. The push- fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
Parenteral Administration
[0230] Compounds of the present disclosure may be administered directly into the blood stream, muscle, or internal organs by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Suitable means for parenteral administration include intravenous, intra-muscular, subcutaneous intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intracranial, and the like. Suitable devices for parenteral administration include injectors (including needle and needle-free injectors) and infusion methods. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials.
[0231] Most parenteral formulations are aqueous solutions containing excipients, including salts, buffering, suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents, antioxidants, bacteriostats, preservatives, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and carbohydrates.
[0232] Parenteral formulations may also be prepared in a dehydrated form (e.g., by lyophilization) or as sterile non-aqueous solutions. These formulations can be used with a suitable vehicle, such as sterile water. Solubility-enhancing agents may also be used in preparation of parenteral solutions. Compositions for parenteral administration may be formulated as immediate or modified release, including delayed or sustained release.
Compounds may also be formulated as depot preparations. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
[0233] The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g. , by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g. , in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in powder form or in a freeze- dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, saline or sterile pyrogen- free water, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
[0234] Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous (oily) sterile injection solutions of the active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
[0235] In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
Topical Administration
[0236] Compounds of the present disclosure may be administered topically (for example to the skin, mucous membranes, ear, nose, or eye) or transdermally. Formulations for topical administration can include, but are not limited to, lotions, solutions, creams, gels, hydrogels, ointments, foams, implants, patches and the like. Carriers that are pharmaceutically acceptable for topical administration formulations can include water, alcohol, mineral oil, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and the like. Topical administration can also be performed by, for example, electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis and the like.
[0237] Typically, the active ingredient for topical administration may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w (by weight) of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise as much as 10% w/w; less than 5% w/w; from 2% w/w to 5% w/w; or from 0.1% to 1% w/w of the formulation.
[0238] Compositions for topical administration may be formulated as immediate or modified release, including delayed or sustained release.
[0239] Certain compounds disclosed herein may be administered topically, that is by non- systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound disclosed herein externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream.
In contrast, systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
[0240] Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as gels, liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose. The active ingredient for topical administration may comprise, for example, from 0.001% to 10% w/w (by weight) of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise as much as 10% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise less than 5% w/w. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise from 2% w/w to 5% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise from 0.1% to 1% w/w of the formulation.
[0241] (Optional - the following section describes topical formulations in detail)
[0242] Gels for topical or transdermal administration may comprise, generally, a mixture of volatile solvents, nonvolatile solvents, and water. In certain embodiments, the volatile solvent component of the buffered solvent system may include lower (C1-C6) alkyl alcohols, lower alkyl glycols and lower glycol polymers. In further embodiments, the volatile solvent is ethanol. The volatile solvent component is thought to act as a penetration enhancer, while also producing a cooling effect on the skin as it evaporates. The nonvolatile solvent portion of the buffered solvent system is selected from lower alkylene glycols and lower glycol polymers. In certain embodiments, propylene glycol is used. The nonvolatile solvent slows the evaporation of the volatile solvent and reduces the vapor pressure of the buffered solvent system. The amount of this nonvolatile solvent component, as with the volatile solvent, is determined by the pharmaceutical compound or drug being used. When too little of the nonvolatile solvent is in the system, the pharmaceutical compound may crystallize due to evaporation of volatile solvent, while an excess may result in a lack of bioavailability due to poor release of drug from solvent mixture. The buffer component of the buffered solvent system may be selected from any buffer commonly used in the art; in certain embodiments, water is used. A common ratio of ingredients is about 20% of the nonvolatile solvent, about 40% of the volatile solvent, and about 40% water. There are several optional ingredients which can be added to the topical composition. These include, but are not limited to, chelators and gelling agents. Appropriate gelling agents can include, but are not limited to, semisynthetic cellulose derivatives (such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) and synthetic polymers, and cosmetic agents.
[0243] Lotions include those suitable for application to the skin or eye. An eye lotion may comprise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide and may be prepared by methods similar to those for the preparation of drops. Lotions or liniments for application to the skin may also include an agent to hasten drying and to cool the skin, such as an alcohol or acetone, and/or a moisturizer such as glycerol or an oil such as castor oil or arachis oil.
[0244] Creams, ointments or pastes are semi-solid formulations of the active ingredient for external application. They may be made by mixing the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered form, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy base. The base may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin such as almond, com, arachis, castor or olive oil; wool fat or its derivatives or a fatty acid such as steric or oleic acid together with an alcohol such as propylene glycol or a macrogel. The formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof. Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
[0245] Drops may comprise sterile aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and, in certain embodiments, including a surface active agent. The resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-l00°C for half an hour. Alternatively, the solution may be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique. Examples of bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.01%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%). Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
[0246] Formulations for topical administration in the mouth, for example buccally or sublingually, include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the active ingredient in a basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
Rectal, Buccal, and Sublingual Administration
[0247] Suppositories for rectal administration of the compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the active agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, synthetic mono-, di-, or triglycerides, fatty acids, or polyethylene glycols which are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature, and which will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
[0248] For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels formulated in conventional manner. Such compositions may comprise the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
[0249] The compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides. Administration by Inhalation
[0250] For administration by inhalation, compounds may be conveniently delivered from an insufflator, nebulizer pressurized packs or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol spray. Pressurized packs may comprise a suitable propellant such as
dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Alternatively, for administration by inhalation or insufflation, the compounds according to the disclosure may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. The powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form, in for example, capsules, cartridges, gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
[0251] Other carrier materials and modes of administration known in the pharmaceutical art may also be used. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared by any of the well-known techniques of pharmacy, such as effective formulation and administration procedures. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as herein below recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
[0252] It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations described above may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
[0253] Compounds may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg per day. The dose range for adult humans is generally from 5 mg to 2 g/day. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of one or more compounds which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
[0254] The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration·
[0255] The compounds can be administered in various modes, e.g. orally, topically, or by injection. The precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the
responsibility of the attendant physician. The specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diets, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the precise disorder being treated, and the severity of the indication or condition being treated. In addition, the route of administration may vary depending on the condition and its severity. The above considerations concerning effective formulations and administration procedures are well known in the art and are described in standard textbooks.
[0256] Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as herein below recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
[0257] It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations described above may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
[0258] Compounds may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg per day. The dose range for adult humans is generally from 5 mg to 2 g/day. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of one or more compounds which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
[0259] The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
[0260] The compounds can be administered in various modes, e.g. orally, topically, or by injection. The precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the
responsibility of the attendant physician. The specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diets, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the precise disorder being treated, and the severity of the indication or condition being treated. Also, the route of administration may vary depending on the condition and its severity.
Methods of Treatment and Indications for Use
[0261] The compounds described herein, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, are useful in therapy, in particular in the therapeutic treatment of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated conditions in a subject, and especially in the therapeutic treatment of IDO 1 mediated conditions in a subject.
[0262] Disclosed herein is a method for treating an IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. an IDOl mediated condition) in a subject, the method comprising
administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound as defined herein, e.g. a compound of formula (I). Also provided is a compound as defined herein, e.g. a compound of formula (I), for use in a method of treating an IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. an IDOl mediated condition) in a subject. Further provided is the use of a compound as defined herein, e.g. a compound characterised by formula (I), in the manufacture of a medicament for use in a method of treating an IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. an IDOl-mediated condition) in a subject.
[0263] The KYN pathway has been implicated in a number of conditions, including: cancers; neurological and neuropsychological diseases and disorders; autoimmune diseases and disorders; infections; and cataracts.
[0264] In embodiments, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is selected from a cancer; a neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder; an autoimmune disease or disorder; an infection; a cataract; and a vascular disease.
[0265] In certain embodiments, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is characterised by the overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, respectively (e.g. by the overexpression of IDOl).
[0266] In certain embodiments, the treatment of the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) comprises administering a compound of the invention in combination with another therapeutic intervention for said condition. The other therapeutic intervention may be performed before, during and/or after administering the compound of the invention.
[0267] Cancers
[0268] Overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO occurs in a significant number of cancer types, including breast cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, colorectal carcinoma, head and neck carcinoma, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, hepatocarcinoma, lymphocytic leukaemia, melanoma, mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, and brain tumour. For example, the deregulation of IDOl in tumour cells has been shown to be linked to the cancer suppressive gene bridging integrator 1 (Binl), which is a down-regulator of 1D01. Clinical observations suggest that high expression levels of IDOl and loss or attenuation of Binl are frequent in a number of cancers including advanced breast cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, lymphocytic leukaemia and colon cancer.
[0269] Furthermore, metabolites of KYN such as QUIN affect the biosynthesis of NAD+, which may be involved in cancer cell proliferation. For example, in glioblastoma multiforme, genotoxic anticancer drugs such as temozolomide (TMZ), hydroxyurea, procarbazine, cisplatin, and nitrosamines, such as carmustine, lomustine, and nimustine, in combination with radiation are used to kill tumour cells which remain following surgery. However, the effectiveness of these drugs can be weakened by the tolerance of the tumour cells to DNA repair/damage. It is thought that modulation of the KYN pathway can enhance genotoxic treatment by diminishing the ability of the cancer cells to repair damaged DNA and/or to bypass the cytotoxic effects of DNA damage. Thus, treatment with a compound as defined herein in combination with immunotherapy, radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy is expected to enhance the efficacy of said therapy.
[0270] Accordingly, in one embodiment the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is a cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is associated with low levels of L-TRP. In certain embodiments, the tumour microenvironment is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels). In certain embodiments, the cancer is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN and/or QUIN. In certain embodiments, the concentration of said L-TRP metabolites in cells of the tumour are above normal levels for cells of that tissue type. In certain embodiments, the cancer is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g. overexpression of IDOL
[0271] In certain embodiments the cancer is selected from head and neck cancer, breast cancer (e.g. metastatic breast cancer), prostate cancer (e.g. metastatic prostate cancer), ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer (e.g. non small cell lung cancer), bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer (e.g. metastatic pancreatic cancer), brain tumour (e.g. primary malignant brain tumour), gynecological cancer, peritoneal cancer, skin cancer, thyroid cancer, oesophageal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, renal cell cancer, biliary tract cancer, hematologic cancer, and blood cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from colorectal carcinoma, large intestinal colon carcinoma, head and neck carcinoma, lung carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bladder carcinoma, Barret's adenocarcinoma, renal carcinoma, and hepatocarcinoma. In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from glioblastoma, astrocytoma, melanoma (e.g.
metastatic melanoma), mesothelioma, neuroblastoma, histiocytic lymphoma, and lymphocytic leukaemia. In certain embodiments, the cancer is a solid tumour (e.g. a malignant solid tumour) which may be an advanced-stage solid tumour.
[0272] In certain embodiments, the treatment of said IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. said IDOl mediated condition) as disclosed herein comprises administering a compound of the invention in combination with another therapeutic intervention for said condition. The other therapeutic intervention may be performed before, during and/or after administering the compound of the invention. Thus, in certain embodiments the subject is receiving (or has received, or will receive) said another therapeutic intervention for said IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition.
[0273] In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is immunotherapy, radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is immunotherapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is radiation therapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention is chemotherapy. In certain embodiments, said another therapeutic intervention comprises radiation therapy and further comprises treatment with immunotherapy and/or with chemotherapy.
[0274] In certain embodiments, said radiotherapy comprises treatment with gamma radiation.
[0275] In certain embodiments, said immunotherapy comprises treatment with an immuno therapeutic agent selected from therapeutic antibodies. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic antibody is a humanised monoclonal antibody. In certain embodiments, said immunotherapy comprises treatment with an immunotherapeutic agent selected from vaccines. In certain embodiments, the vaccine is a gene therapy vaccine.
[0276] In certain embodiments, said chemotherapy comprises treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent selected from alkylating agents, alkyl sulfonates, aziridines, ethylenimines and methylamelamines, nitrogen mustards, nitrosureas, bisphosphonates, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, taxoids, platinum analogs, anti-hormonal agents, aromatase inhibitors, antiandrogens, protein kinase inhibitors, lipid kinase inhibitors, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, anti-retroviral protease inhibitors, anti-angiogenic agents, and topoisomerase 1 inhibitors. [0277] In certain embodiments, said cancer is partially or totally resistant to treatment with at least one chemotherapeutic and/or immunotherapeutic agent (e.g. as defined herein).
[0278] In certain embodiments, administration of the compounds as disclosed herein can treat subjects diagnosed as having said cancer or being at risk of developing said cancer. In certain embodiments, administration of compounds as disclosed herein improves prognosis, reduces angiogenesis, reduces the catabolism of L-TRP, decreases growth of malignant cells, and/or prevents or reduces tumour progression.
[0279] Neurological and neuropsychological diseases and disorders
[0280] IDOl is present in numerous cell types within the body, in particular in microglia, the macrophage-like cells located in the central nervous system. Expression of IDOl is induced by proinflammatory cytokines and molecules, in particular by interferon gamma (IFN-g) and, to a lesser extent, by IFN-a, IFN-b, interleukines, and tumor necrosis factors (TNF). TDO is present in small amount in the brain, where its expression is induced by corticosteroids and glucagon.
[0281] Increased levels of KYN, and its metabolites, have been observed in a number of neurological and neuropsychological diseases and disorders including Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, and Parkinson’s disease (Bostian, 2016; Lovelace, 2017). Decreasing the production of neurotoxic metabolites of KYN, which include QUIN and 3-hydroxykynurenine, may reduce neuronal loss and atrophy in various neurological disorders and diseases. Furthermore, the interaction between immune activation and the metabolism of L-TRP (which is a precursor of serotonin) via the KYN pathway is implicated in neuropsychological diseases and disorders such as schizophrenia, anorexia, and depression, including depressive and anxiety symptoms in the early puerperium (Lovelace, 2017).
[0282] Accordingly, in one embodiment, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is a neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder. In certain embodiments, said condition is a neurological disease or disorder. In other embodiments, said condition is a neuropsychological disease or disorder.
[0283] In certain embodiments, the neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder is associated with low levels of L-TRP. In certain embodiments, the cerebrospinal fluid and/or the serum of the subject is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels). In certain embodiments, the neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN, QUIN and/or 3-hydroxykynurenine. In certain embodiments, the concentration of said L-TRP metabolites in microglia of the subject are above normal levels. In certain embodiments, the neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g.
overexpression of IDOl.
[0284] In certain embodiments, the neurological disease or disorder is selected from Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and HAND. In certain embodiments, the neuropsychological disease or disorder is selected from schizophrenia, anorexia, depression, and anxiety (e.g. depressive and anxiety symptoms in the early puerperium).
[0285] Autoimmune diseases and disorders
[0286] Catabolism of L-TRP may prevent normal proliferation in various cell types, and may increase the susceptibility of cells to apoptosis. In particular, antigen-specific T-cells have been shown to be susceptible to L-TRP deprivation. In addition, L-TRP catabolism leads to the formation of metabolites which have been shown to increase apoptosis of helper T-cells and natural killer T-cells. Further, KYN induces the formation of regulatory T-cells which may suppress immune cells. Furthermore, L-TRP levels in rheumatoid arthritis patients have been shown to be lower than in healthy patients, this may be due to
overexpression of IDOL
[0287] Accordingly, in one embodiment, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is an autoimmune disease or disorder.
[0288] In certain embodiments, the autoimmune disease or disorder is associated with low levels of L-TRP. In certain embodiments, the serum of the subject is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels). In certain embodiments, the autoimmune disease or disorder is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN, QUIN and/or 3- hydroxykynurenine. In certain embodiments, the autoimmune disease or disorder is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g. overexpression of IDOL [0289] In certain embodiments, the autoimmune disease or disorder is selected from arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and multiple sclerosis.
[0290] Infections
[0291] Antigen-specific T-cells have been shown to be susceptible to L-TRP deprivation. In addition, L-TRP catabolism leads to the formation of metabolites which have been shown to increase apoptosis of helper T-cells and natural killer T-cells. Further, KYN induces the formation of regulatory T-cells which may suppress immune cells. Thus, IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO may influence the progression of infectious diseases in which the immune system is compromised.
[0292] In particular, HIV infections may be caused by CD4+ T-cell depletion, combined with chronic immune activation and inflammation responses. Elevated levels of KYN metabolites and IFN-g are commonly found in HIV patients, and catabolism of L-TRP may be a factor in HIV disease progression, through immune suppression and/or the generation of neuro toxic KYN metabolites. Elevated levels of KYN neuro toxic metabolites such as QUIN in HIV infected patients have also been linked to the progression of HAND. Those KYN metabolites may be produced in the central nervous system, possibly by microglia, in response to peripheral immune and inflammatory signals.
[0293] IDOl activity is elevated in sepsis and has been associated with disease severity. Further, IDOl activity has been shown to correlate with hypotension in cases of human septic shock. In this regard, KYN is thought to be a vasodilator which may contribute to the hypotension observed in septic shock.
[0294] Accordingly, In certain embodiments the infection is selected from influenza vims infection, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis infection, and HIV.
[0295] In certain embodiments, the infection is associated with low levels of L-TRP. In certain embodiments, the plasma of the subject is depleted in L-TRP (e.g. below normal levels). In certain embodiments, the infection is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites, e.g. KYN, QUIN and/or 3-hydroxykynurenine. In certain embodiments, the plasma of the subject has a ratio of KYN to L-TRP above normal levels. In certain embodiments, the infection is associated with overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, e.g. overexpression of IDOl.
[0296] In certain embodiments, the treatment of said infection comprises administering a compound of the invention in combination with another therapeutic intervention for said infection. Said another therapeutic intervention may be performed before, during and/or after administering the compound of the invention. Thus, in certain embodiments the subject is receiving (or has received, or will receive) said another therapeutic intervention for said infection.
[0297] In certain embodiments, the infection is a viral infection and said another therapeutic intervention is treatment with an antiviral agent. In certain embodiments, the infection is HIV infection and said another therapeutic intervention is treatment with an antiretroviral agent. In certain embodiments, the infection is a bacterial infection and said another therapeutic intervention is treatment with an antibacterial agent.
[0298] Other conditions
[0299] The KYN pathway has also been implicated in other conditions. For example, elevated lenticular levels of IDOl and KYN metabolites have been observed in association with cataracts. IDOl activity has also been shown to correlate with carotid artery
intima/media thickness, which is an early marker of atherosclerosis (a leading cause of cardiovascular diseases). Elevated levels of KYN have also been associated with the risk of acute myocardial infarction.
[0300] Accordingly, in one embodiment, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is a cataract. In certain embodiments, the cataract is age related, or is associated with diabetes in the subject.
[0301] In another embodiment, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is a vascular disease. In certain embodiments, the vascular disease is a cardiovascular disease. In certain embodiments, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is atherosclerosis. In certain embodiments, the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition (e.g. the IDOl mediated condition) is myocardial infarction, in particular acute myocardial infarction.
Combinations and Combination Therapy
[0302] In certain instances, it may be appropriate to administer at least one of the compounds described herein (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof) in combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only, if one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving one of the compounds herein is hypertension, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-hypertensive agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent. Or, by way of example only, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may only have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, by way of example only, the benefit of experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit. By way of example only, in a treatment for diabetes involving administration of one of the compounds described herein, increased therapeutic benefit may result by also providing the patient with another therapeutic agent for diabetes. In any case, regardless of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
[0303] For use in cancer and neoplastic diseases an IDOl, ID02, or TDO inhibitor may be optimally used together with one or more of the following non-limiting examples of anti cancer agents:
1) inhibitors or modulators of a protein involved in one or more of the DNA damage repair (DDR) pathways such as:
a. PARP1/2, including, but not limited to: olaparib, niraparib, rucaparib; b. checkpoint kinase 1 (CHK1), including, but not limited to: UCN-01, AZD7762, PF477736 , SCH900776, MK-8776, LY2603618, V158411, and EXEL-9844;
c. checkpoint kinase 2 (CHK2), including, but not limited to: PV1019, NSC 109555, and VRX0466617;
d. dual CHK1 / CHK2, including, but not limited to: XL-844, AZD7762, and PF- 473336;
e. WEE1, including, but not limited to: MK-1775 and PD0166285;
f. ATM, including, but not limited to KU-55933,
g. DNA-dependent protein kinase, including, but not limited to NU7441 and M3814; and
h. Additional proteins involved in DDR;
2) Inhibitors or modulators of one or more immune checkpoints, including, but not limited to:
a. PD-l inhibitors such as nivolumab (OPDIVO), pembrolizumab
(KEYTRUDA), pidilizumab (CT-011), and AMP-224 (AMPLIMMUNE); b. PD-L1 inhibitors such as Atezolizumab (TECENTRIQ), Avelumab (Bavencio), Durvalumab (Imfinzi), MPDL3280A (Tecentriq), BMS-936559, and MEDI4736;
c. anti-CTLA-4 antibodies such as ipilimumab (YERVOY) and CP-675,206 (TREMELIMUM AB ) ;
d. inhibitors of T-cell immunoglobulin and mucin domain 3 (Tim-3); e. inhibitors of V-domain Ig suppressor of T cell activation (Vista); f. inhibitors of band T lymphocyte attenuator (BTLA); g. inhibitors of lymphocyte activation gene 3 (LAG3); and h. inhibitors of T cell immunoglobulin and immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibitory motif domain (TIGIT);
) telomerase inhibitors or telomeric DNA binding compounds;
) alkylating agents, including, but not limited to: chlorambucil (LEUKERAN), oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN), streptozocin (ZANOSAR), dacarbazine, ifosfamide, lomustine (CCNU), procarbazine (MATULAN), temozolomide (TEMODAR), and thiotepa;
) DNA crosslinking agents, including, but not limited to: carmustine, chlorambucil (LEUKERAN), carboplatin (PARAPLATIN), cisplatin (PLATIN), busulfan (MYLERAN), melphalan (ALKERAN), mitomycin (MITOSOL), and
cyclophosphamide (ENDOXAN);
) anti-metabolites, including, but not limited to: cladribine (LEUSTATIN), cytarbine, (ARA-C), mercaptopurine (PURINETHOL), thioguanine, pentostatin (NIPENT), cytosine arabinoside (cytarabine, ARA-C), gemcitabine (GEMZAR), fluorouracil (5- FU, CARAC), capecitabine (XELODA), leucovorin (FUSILEV), methotrexate (RHEUMATREX), and raltitrexed;
) antimitotics, which are often plant alkaloids and terpenoids, or derivateves thereof including but limited to: taxanes such as docetaxel (TAXITERE), paclitaxel (ABRAXANE, TAXOL), vinca alkaloids such as vincristine (ONCOVIN), vinblastine, vindesine, and vinorelbine (NAVELBINE);
) topoisomerase inhibitors, including, but not limited to: amsacrine, camptothecin (CTP), genisten, irinotecan (CAMPTOSAR), topotecan (HYCAMTIN), doxorubicin (ADRIAMYCIN), daunorubicin (CERUBIDINE), epirubicin (ELLENCE), ICRF- 193, teniposide (VUMON), mitoxantrone (NOVANTRONE), and etoposide (EPOSIN);
) DNA replication inhibitors, including, but not limited to: fludarabine (FLUDARA), aphidicolin, ganciclovir, and cidofovir;
0) ribonucleoside diphosphate reductase inhibitors, including, but not limited to:
hydroxyurea;
1) transcription inhibitors, including, but not limited to: actinomycin D (dactinomycin, COSMEGEN) and plicamycin (mithramycin); ) DNA cleaving agents, including, but not limited to: bleomycin (BLENOXANE), idarubicin,
) cytotoxic antibiotics, including, but not limited to: actinomycin D (dactinomycin, COSMEGEN),
) aromatase inhibitors, including, but not limited to: aminoglutethimide, anastrozole (ARIMIDEX), letrozole (FEMARA), vorozole (RIVIZOR), and exemestane
(AROMASIN);
) angiogenesis inhibitors, including, but not limited to: genistein, sunitinib (SUTENT), and bevacizumab (AVASTIN);
) anti-steroids and anti-androgens, including, but not limited to: aminoglutethimide (CYTADREN), bicalutamide (CASODEX), cyproterone, flutamide (EULEXIN), nilutamide(NILANDRON) ;
) tyrosine kinase inhibitors, including, but not limited to: imatinib (GLEEVEC), erlotinib (TARCEVA), lapatininb (TYKERB), sorafenib (NEXAVAR), and axitinib (INLYTA);
) mTOR inhibitors, including, but not limited to: everolimus, temsirolimus
(TORISEL), and sirolimus;
) monoclonal antibodies, including, but not limited to: trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN) and rituximab (RITUXAN);
) apoptosis inducers such as cordycepin;
) protein synthesis inhibitors, including, but not limited to: clindamycin,
chloramphenicol, streptomycin, anisomycin, and cycloheximide;
) antidiabetics, including, but not limited to: metformin and phenformin;
) antibiotics, including, but not limited to:
a. tetracyclines, including, but not limited to: doxycycline;
b. erythromycins, including, but not limited to: azithromycin;
c. glycylglycines, including, but not limited to: tigecyline;
d. antiparasitics, including, but not limted to: pyrvinium pamoate;
e. beta-lactams, including, but not limited to the penicillins and cephalosporins; f. anthracycline antibiotics, including, but not limited to: daunorubicin and
doxorubicin;
g. other antibiotics, including, but not limited to: chloramphenicol, mitomycin C, and actinomycin; 24) antibody therapeutical agents, including, but not limited to: muromonab-CD3, infliximab (REMICADE), adalimumab (HUMIRA), omalizumab (XOLAIR), daclizumab (ZENAPAX), rituximab (RITUXAN), ibritumomab (ZEVALIN), tositumomab (BEXXAR), cetuximab (ERBITUX), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN), ADCETRIS, alemtuzumab (CAMPATH-1H), Lym-l (ONCOLYM), ipilimumab (YERVOY), vitaxin, bevacizumab (AVASTIN), and abciximab (REOPRO); and
25) other agents, such as Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (B-C-G) vaccine; buserelin
(ETILAMIDE); chloroquine (ARALEN); clodronate, pamidronate, and other bisphosphonates; colchicine; demethoxyviridin; dichloroacetate; estramustine;
filgrastim (NEUPOGEN); fludrocortisone (FLORINEF); goserelin (ZOLADEX); interferon; leucovorin; leuprolide (LUPRON); levamisole; lonidamine; mesna; metformin; mitotane (o,r'-DDD, LYSODREN); nocodazole; octreotide
(SANDOSTATIN); perifosine; porfimer (particularly in combination with photo- and radiotherapy); suramin; tamoxifen; titanocene dichloride; tretinoin; anabolic steroids such as fluoxymesterone (HALOTESTIN); estrogens such as estradiol,
diethylstilbestrol (DES), and dienestrol; progestins such as medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA) and megestrol; and testosterone.
[0304] In any case, the multiple therapeutic agents (at least one of which is a compound disclosed herein) may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If
simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may be any duration of time ranging from a few minutes to four weeks.
[0305] Besides being useful for human treatment, certain compounds and formulations disclosed herein may also be useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. More preferred animals include horses, dogs, and cats.
Compound Synthesis
[0306] Compounds of the present disclosure can be prepared using methods illustrated in general synthetic schemes and experimental procedures detailed below. General synthetic schemes and experimental procedures are presented for purposes of illustration and are not intended to be limiting. Starting materials used to prepare compounds of the present disclosure are commercially available or can be prepared using routine methods known in the art.
List of Abbreviations
[0307] Ac20 = acetic anhydride; AcCl = acetyl chloride; AcOH = acetic acid; AIBN = azobisisobutyronitrile; aq. = aqueous; Bu3SnH = tributyltin hydride; CD3OD = deuterated methanol; CDCI3 = deuterated chloroform; CDI = l,l'-Carbonyldiimidazole; DBU = 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene; DCM = dichloromethane; DEAD = diethyl
azodicarboxylate; DIBAL-H = di-iso-butyl aluminium hydride; DIEA = DIPEA = NN- diisopropylethylamine; DMAP = 4-dimethylaminopyridine; DMF = N,N-di methyl formamide; DMSO-de = deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide; DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide; DPPA = diphenylphosphoryl azide; EDC.HC1 = EDCI.HC1 = l-ethyl-3-(3- dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride; Et20 = diethyl ether; EtOAc = ethyl acetate; EtOH = ethanol; h = hour; HATU=2-(lH-7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyl uronium hexafluorophosphate methanaminium; HMDS = hexamethyldisilazane; HOBT = 1- hydroxybenzotriazole; i-PrOH = isopropanol; LAH = lithium aluminium hydride; LiHMDS = Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide; MeCN = acetonitrile; MeOH = methanol; MP-carbonate resin = macroporous triethylammonium methylpolystyrene carbonate resin; MsCl = mesyl chloride; MTBE = methyl tertiary butyl ether; MW = microwave irradiation ; n-BuLi = n- butyllithium; NaHMDS = Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide; NaOMe = sodium methoxide; NaOtBu = sodium t-butoxide; NBS = /V-bromosuccinimide; NCS = /V-chlorosuccinimide; NMP = /V-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone; Pd(Ph3)4 = tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0);
Pd2(dba)3 = tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0); PdCl2(PPli3)2 =
bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride; PG = protecting group; prep-HPLC = preparative high-performance liquid chromatography; PyBop = (benzotriazol-l-yloxy)- tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate; Pyr = pyridine; RT = room temperature; RuPhos = 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-diisopropoxybiphenyl; sat. = saturated; ss = saturated solution; t-BuOH = tert-butanol; T3P = Propylphosphonic Anhydride; TBS = TBDMS = feri-butyldimethylsilyl; TBSC1 = TBDMSC1 = feri-butyldimethylchlorosilane; TEA = EL3N = triethylamine; TFA = trifluoroacetic acid; TFAA = trifluoroacetic anhydride; THF = tetrahydrofuran; Tol = toluene; TsCl = tosyl chloride; XPhos = 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl. General Synthetic Methods for Preparing Compounds
[0308] The following general procedures can be use to practice the present invention. Details for performing the general procedures are disclosed in the synthesis of example compounds.
Figure imgf000059_0001
[0309] The following schemes can be used to practice the present invention.
Figure imgf000060_0001
[0310] Scheme I can be used in the synthesis of compounds disclosed herein. A cycloalkenol such as cyclopent-3-en-l-ol 101 can be activated by formation of a sulfonate ester 102 (for example, R101 = Me or toluene) by using, for example, either General Procedure A or General Procedure L. Cyclopropanation with a carbenoid, by using, for example, General Procedure B, produces bicyclo compound 103. The sulfonate ester can be displaced in a Williamson ether synthesis, by using, for example, General Procedure C, to give ether 104, which in turn is converted to ketone 105 via an organolithium (variant la: General Procedure J) or a Weinreb amide 106 (variant lb: General Procedure D).
Figure imgf000060_0002
202 H^ TOMe 204
PPh3
[0311] Scheme II can be used to convert Weinreb amide 106 to alkenes. Reduction of 106 affords aldehyde 201; alternatively, 106 can be converted to ketone 202, using, for example, General Procedure E. Conversion of aldehyde 201 and ketone 202, using, for example, General Procedure F, affords enol ethers 203 and 204, respectively. (For purposes of successive schemes, 203 can be considered as a special case of 204, for which R201 = H.)
SCHEME III
Figure imgf000061_0001
[0312] Scheme III can be used to convert enol ether 204 to carboxylic acid derivatives.
Hydrolysis of the enol ether, using, for example, General Procedure G, provides aldehyde 301, which can be oxidized to carboxylic acid 302, using, for example, General Procedure H. Coupling of the carboxylic acid with amine SOS^sing, for example, General Procedure I, General Procedure O, or General Procedure Q, provides amide 304. If desired, the diastereomers of 304 can be separated at this stage, to afford 304a and 304b.
[0313] Variations of Scheme III use different amide coupling conditions. Variant Ilia: General Procedure I; Variant Illb: General Procedure O; and Variant IIIc: General Procedure P.
SCHEME IV
YY
Figure imgf000061_0002
[0314] Scheme IV discloses conversion of amide 401 to biaryl-type compounds. Amide 401 can be synthesized from Scheme II, using 4-chloroaniline (A = CH), 2-amino-5- chloropyridine (A=N), or a similar aryl compound. Conversion to the arylboronate 402 is accomplished by metal-catalyzed substitution of the chlorine, by using, for example, the Miyaura borylation of General Procedure R. Arylboronate can in turn be converted to a biaryl 403 by means of coupling with an aryl halide, by using, for example, the Suzuki coupling of General Procedure S.
SCHEME V
Figure imgf000062_0001
[0315] Scheme V discloses manipulation of aldehyde 501 (equivalent to compound 301, with R201 = H) to provide a trifluoromethyl group. Aldehyde 501 is converted to imine 502, which in turn is reacted under established conditions (Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 3443-3446) to give the substituted compound 503.
SCHEME VI
Figure imgf000062_0002
[0316] Scheme VI can be used to introduce alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl moieties. Carboxylic acid 302 can be derived from Scheme II. A single isomer of 302 is shown in Scheme VI; however, the synthesis can be carried out with either isomer, or a mixture of isomers. Reaction of a suitable monoprotected diamine, such as mono-Boc protected bicyclo diamine 601, followed by deprotection, can provide amide 602. Any one of General Procedure I, General Procedure O, or General Procedure Q can be used for synthesis of the amide. The newly deprotected amine group can be converted to various functionalities, including the acyl group of 603, and the heterocycle of 604.
SCHEME VII
Figure imgf000063_0001
[0317] Scheme VII can be used to provide benzo[d] imidazole compounds. Carboxylic acid 302 is coupled with a suitable l,2-diaminoaryl compound 701 to form amide 702.
Dehydrative ring closure provides benzo[d] imidazole 703, using, for example, General Procedure P.
SCHEME VIII
Figure imgf000063_0002
[0318] Scheme VIII can be used to provide imidazole compounds. Carboxylic acid 302 is coupled with a suitable ethylenediamine compound 801 to form an amide (not shown), which forms benzo[d] imidazole 702 on dehydrative ring closure, using, for example, General Procedure P.
SCHEME IX
Figure imgf000063_0003
[0319] Scheme IX provides an alternative method for amide synthesis. Carboxylic acid 302 is converted to the corresponding methyl ester 901, by using, for example, General Procedure K. The ester can then be reacted with the anion of an arylamine, by using, for example, General Procedure N, to provide amide 902. If desired, the diastereomers of 304 can be separated at this stage, to afford 902a and 902b (not shown).
SCHEME X
Figure imgf000064_0001
H,O Me 1004 Me 1005
COOMe
separate
HO
Figure imgf000064_0003
1006
Figure imgf000064_0002
R-|R2NMgX
Figure imgf000064_0004
[0320] An alternative sequence for preparation of the compounds in this disclosure is presented above. A silyl protected ether such as 1001 is reacted to form the methyl ketone, by using, for example, General Procedure J. The ketone 1002, in turn, is reacted with a Wittig reagent, using, for example, General Procedure F, to give enol ether 1003. Hydrolysis of the enol ether, by using, for example, General Procedure G, gives aldehyde 1005, which in turn is oxidized, by using, for example, General Procedure H. Exposure to methanol under acidic conditions both accomplishes Fischer esterification of the carboxylic acid, and deprotection of the silyl ether, in General Procedure T. At this point, isomers at the secondary hydroxyl of 1006 can be separated. For convenience, the single isomer is designated as
1006a. The active methanesulfonate (“mesylate”) ester 1007a is formed, by using, for example, General Procedure L. The mesylate group is then displaced by an amine anion, for example, the amine anion formed upon reaction of an amine with a Grignard reagent.
Compoud 1008a, which is formed under these conditions, can be carried forth by any of the Schemes disclosed elsewhere. [0321] The invention is further illustrated by the following examples.
Figure imgf000065_0002
2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanoic acid
[0322] General Procedure A, for preparation of tosylates, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000065_0001
[0323] Cyclopent-3-en-l-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate To a solution of cyclopent-3-ene-l-ol (70.2g, 835 mmol) in pyridine (150 mL) and DCM (300 ml) cooled at 4°C under N2 atm was added slowly with stirring 4-toluene-sulfonyl chloride (175 g, 918 mmol). The mixture was then stirred under N2 atm at this temperature for 1 h, then stood in cold room at 4°C for 48 h. Most of the dichloromethane was evaporated at reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted with EtO Ac/Hexane (20%, 600 ml) and washed with water (5X) and brine. The aqueous phases were back extracted with EtO Ac/hexanes (20%, 1 x 400 ml), the organic layers combined, dried over MgS04, and then filtered through a short plug (3 cm x 11 cm) of silica (washed with a further 1000 ml 20% EtO Ac/Hexane). The solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure to give a colorless oil. The residual solvent in the crude product was azeotroped with hexanes then twice with toluene. The resulting colorless oil was further dried by azeotroping once with hexanes and then crystallizing by diluting with an equal volume of hexane and heating at 50°C. The resulting biphasic mixture of colorless oil and solids in hexanes was allowed to age at RT overnight. The solid was removed by filtration and washed with cold hexanes and then dried in- vacuum to give the title compound (173 g, 727 mmol, 87%).
[0324] lH NMR (CHLOROFORM-d) d: 7.79 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.9 Hz,
2H), 5.65 (s, 2H), 5.11 - 5.24 (m, 1H), 2.59 - 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.48 - 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H).
[0325] General Procedure B, for cyclopropanation of alkenes, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000066_0001
[0326] Ethyl ( 1 /?, 3r, 56, 6.s)-3-(tosyloxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-car boxy late To a flask containing the product from the previous step (60.45g, 254 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added, under nitrogen, a solution of copper(I) triflate.0.5 benzene complex (1.03 g) and (4S,4'S)-2,2'-(propane-2,2-diyl)bis(4-isopropyl-4,5-dihydrooxazole) (1 ml) in DCM (10 mL) prepared under N2 and ultrasonication to give a green solution. Ethyl diazoacetate (20 mL containing 13-20 wt %DCM and diluted 1:0.5 with DCM) was added dropwise via syringe pump at a rate of 9 mL/h over ~3.5 h. A further 30 mL of ethyl diazoacetate (undiluted) was then added at a rate of 8 mL/h (for the first 12 mL added) then slowed to 4mL/h (for remaining 18 ml), with provision for venting the N2 gas that was generated by the reaction. Following completion of addition, the reaction was stirred overnight. To the reaction was then added ethyl diazoacetate (20 mL containing 13-20 wt %DCM and diluted 1:0.5 with DCM) at a rate of 4 mL/h, then again stirred RT overnight. Total quantity of ethyl diazoacetate added was 70 mL containing 13-20 wt %DCM. The solvent was then removed at reduced pressure, the residue taken up in 10% EtO Ac/Hexanes, passed through pad of silica gel (15 cm high x 10.5 cm diameter). The diethyl fumarate (or maleate) (colorless liquid) was eluted from the plug with 10% EtO Ac/Hexanes. A mixture of fumarate and starting olefin (colorless oil 2lg) followed by a mixture of isomers of the desired product were eluted with 20% EtO Ac/hexanes. The desired isomer of the product was crystalized from Et20/Hexane to give the title compound (41 g, 126 mmol, 50%) as colorless crystalline solid (rods). If desired, the product can be further purified by flash chromatography.
[0327] lH NMR (600 MHz, DMSO- e) d ppm 1.10 - 1.20 (m, 3 H) 1.52 - 1.58 (m, 1 H) 1.71 - 1.78 (m, 2 H) 1.82 - 1.91 (m, 2 H) 2.03 - 2.13 (m, 2 H) 2.38 - 2.45 (m, 3 H) 3.93 - 4.04 (m, 2 H) 4.60 - 4.74 (m, 1 H) 7.42 - 7.55 (m, 2 H) 7.73 - 7.85 (m, 2 H).
[0328] General Procedure C, for Williamson ether synthesis, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000067_0001
[0329] Ethyl (l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6- carboxylate To a solution of the product from the previous step (8.0 g, 24.66 mmol) in NMP (40 ml) were added 6-fluoroquinolin-4-ol (4.22 g, 25.9 mmol) and CS2CO3 (9.64 g, 29.6 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at RT 3 days under N2. The solution was added to ice / cold water and stirred until ice melted and brown precipitate formed. The mixture was filtered, the solid washed with ice / cold water, and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (5.86 g, 18.6 mmol, 75%).
[0330] MS (ES+) CisHisFNOs requires: 315, found: 316 [M+H]+.
[0331] General Procedure D, for Weinreb amide synthesis, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000067_0002
[0332] (l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-Fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)-/V-methoxy-/V-methylbicyclo- [3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxamide To a suspension of the product from the previous step (3.97 g, 12.6 mmol) in THF (21 ml) was added N, (9-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.46 g, 25.2 mmol) and the resulting mixture was sonicated for 1 min and stirred at RT for 5 min then cooled to -13 °C in an acetone ice bath. To the cooled reaction was added dropwise over 20 mins, isopropyl magnesium chloride (2M, 34.6 ml, 69.2 mmol) and during the addition the temp was kept between -10 to -15 °C. After the addition the reaction was stirred at -10 to -15 °C for 1 hr. The reaction was slowly and portion wise poured into a stirring mixture of ice and saturated NH4Cl (500 ml, total). The mixture was stirred for 1 h and then extracted with EtOAc/DCM mixture (200/100 ml) and DCM (2 x 200 ml). The organic layers combined, dried over MgSC , filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound (3.89 g, 11.8 mmol, 94 % yield) as a white-to-light yellow solid.
[0333] MS (ES+) C18H19FN2O3 requires: 330, found: 33l[M+H]+. [0334] General Procedure E, for synthesis of a methyl ketone from a Weinreb amide, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000068_0001
[0335] l-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)ethan-
1-one To a cooled -78°C solution of the product from the previous step (3.89 g, 11.8 mmol) in THF (47.1 ml) was added methyl magnesium bromide (5.89 ml, 17.66 mmol) dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at -78°C for 15 min, then at RT overnight. The reaction was poured into mixture of ice and saturated NH4Cl and stirred until ice melted. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 ml). The organic layers were washed with brine, combined, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound (3.34 g, 11.7 mmol, 99 % yield).
[0336] MS (ES+) CivHieFNCk requires: 285, found: 286 [M+H]+.
[0337] General Procedure F, for Wittig synthesis of a vinyl ether, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000068_0002
[0338] 6-Fluoro-4-(((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-6-((E)-l-methoxyprop-l-en-2- yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-yl)oxy)quinoline To a cooled -78°C solution of
(methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (6.42 g, 18.73 mmol) in THF (30 ml) was added n-butyllithium (2.5M in THF, 7.02 ml, 17.6 mmol) dropwise over 8 min. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for 25 min and then at 0°C for 30 min. To the reaction was added the product from the previous step (3.34 g, 11.71 mmol) dissolved in THF (10 ml), and the reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 10 min then at RT. The reaction was poured into a mixture of ice and saturated NH4Cl (300 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 150 ml). The organic layers were washed with brine, combined, dried over MgS04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (30 to 100 % EtOAc in Hexanes) to give the title compound (2.83 g, 9.03 mmol, 77 % yield) as a yellow, viscous oil. [0339] MS (ES+) C19H20FNO2 requires: 313, found: 314 [M+H]+.
[0340] General Procedure G, for hydrolysis of a vinyl ether, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000069_0001
[0341] 2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6- yl)propanal To a solution of the product from the previous step (2.8 g, 8.9 mmol) in THF (40 ml) and H2O (10.00 ml) was added HC1 ( 4M in dioxane, 1.6 ml, 17.9 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 2 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (150 ml) and water (250 ml) and the mixture neutralized with saturated NaHCCb. The resulting mixture was mixed, the organic layer separated, and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (2 x 150 ml). The organic layers were washed with brine, combined, dried over MgS04, filtered, concentrated, dissolved in minimal DCM and purified by flash chromatography (30 to 100 % EtOAc in Hexanes) to give the title compound (2.1 g, 7.02 mmol, 79 % yield).
[0342] MS (ES+) C18H18FNO2 requires: 299, found: 300 [M+H]+.
[0343] General Procedure H, for oxidation of an aldehyde, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000069_0002
f-BuOH / H20
[0344] 2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-Fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- propanoic acid To a cooled 0°C solution of the product from the previous step (2.1 g, 7.02 mmol) in z-BuOH (26.3 ml)and 2-methyl-2-butene (3.7 ml, 35 mmol) was added dropwise a freshly prepared solution of KH2PO4 (1.9 g, 14 mmol) and NaClCE (1.3 g, 14 mmol) in H2O (8.8 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 0.5 h, ice bath change and then allowed to warm to RT overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (150 ml), filtered, the precipitate rinsed with water and hexanes and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (0.75 g). The filtrate was extracted with DCM (3 x 75 ml), the organic extracts combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSC , filtered, and concentrated to give the desired product (1 g). The precipitate and the extracted solid were combined to give the title compound (1.93 g, 6.23 mmol, 87 % yield) as a white solid.
[0345] MS (ES+) CisHisFNOs requires: 315, found: 316 [M+H]+. lH NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-ifc) d ppm 0.69 - 0.85 (m, 1 H), 1.06 - 1.17 (m, 3 H), 1.22 - 1.43 (m, 2 H), 1.61 - 1.74 (m, 1 H), 1.90 - 2.04 (m, 2 H), 2.39 - 2.50 (m, 2 H), 4.80 - 4.96 (m, 1 H), 7.04 - 7.14 (m, 1 H), 7.57 - 7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.70 - 7.79 (m, 1 H), 7.93 - 8.04 (m, 1 H), 8.61 - 8.72 (m, 1 H), 11.42 - 12.86 (m, 1 H).
EXAMPLE 2
Figure imgf000070_0001
2-((l/?,3/?5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-l/ -benzo[rf]imidazol-l-yl)- bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanoic acid
[0346] General Procedure J, for synthesis of a methyl ketone directly from a carboxylic acid, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000070_0002
[0347] l-((l/?,5S)-3-((fer/-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)ethan-l- one To a solution of (lR,55)-3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexane-6- carboxylic acid (27.2 g, 71.5 mmol) in THF (75 ml) was added methyllithium (1.6 M Et20) (115 ml, 184 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5 min then RT overnight. Reaction was poured into an ice cold HC1 (0.5 M solution) and the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the phases were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), combined, dried over MgSC , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified via silica gel
chromatography (0 - 10 % EtOAc in Hexanes) to give the title compound (18 g, 47.5 mmol, 66.5 % yield) as a colorless oil. NMR data confirmed the desired materials.
[0348] MS (ES+) C24H3o02Si requires: 378, found: 391 [M+Na]+.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000071_0003
[0349] 2-((l/?,5S,6r)-3-((fer/-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6- yl)propanoic acid The title compound was obtained by the procedure set forth in Schemes II and III.
[0350] General Procedure K, for methyl ester formation and silyl ether deprotection, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000071_0002
[0351] Methyl 2-((l/?,3r,5S,6r)-3-hydroxybicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanoate To a solution of 2-(( I /?,5.V,6r)-3-((/<?/7-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo|3.1 0|hexan-6- yl)propanoic acid (18.7 g, 45.8 mmol) in MeOH (458 ml) cooled in an ice bath was added sulfuric acid (25 ml, 458 mmol) slowly and the resulting mixture was stirred at 65°C for 1.5 hr. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and neutralized by the slow addition of TEA (65 ml, 467 mmol). The reaction was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and with water (500 ml) and brine (200 ml), and the phases were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc (200 ml/ea.), the organic layers were combined, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated, to give crude material (viscous oil/semisolid, 17 g). The crude was dissolved in minimal DCM, loaded onto a silica gel plug and purified by flash
chromatography (10 to 80 % EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound (3.02 g, 16.39 mmol, 35.8 % yield) as a clear light yellow oil. Also obtained was the ( I R, r,5S,6r) isomer (1.4 g, 7.60 mmol, 16.60 % yield) as a clear light yellow oil.
[0352] MS (ES+) CioHieOs requires: 184, found: 185 [M+H]+,207 [M+Na]+.
[0353] General Procedure L, for synthesis of a methanesulfonyl ester, is exemplified below.
Figure imgf000072_0001
[0354] Methyl 2-((l/?,3r,5S,6r)-3-((methylsulfonyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- propanoate To a cooled 0°C solution of methyl 2- ( ( 1 /? , 3 /·, 5 S, 6r ) - 3 - h y dro x y b i eye 1 o 13. 1.01 - hexan-6-yl)propanoate (3.02 g, 16.4 mmol) in DCM (54.6 ml) was added TEA (4.6 ml, 33 mmol) and Ms-Cl (1.9 ml, 24.6 mmol) dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C 0.5 h and then at RT for 3 hr. The reaction was poured into an ice/0.5M HC1 mixture and the mixture stirred until most of the ice melted. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x). The organics were washed with brine, combined, dried over MgS04, and concentrated to give the title compound (4.02 g, 15.32 mmol, 93 % yield) as a clear viscous liquid. MS (ES+) CnHisOsS requires: 262, found: 263 [M+H]+, 285 [M+Na]+.
Figure imgf000072_0002
[0355] Methyl 2-((l/?,55,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-l/ -benzo[rf]imidazol-l-yl)-bicyclo- [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanoate The title compound was synthesized from the preceding compound by a procedure similar to General Procedure C.
[0356] MS (ES+) C17H18F2N2O2 requires: 320, found: 321 [M+H]+.
[0357] General Procedure M, for LiOH hydrolysis of an ester, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000072_0003
[0358] 2-((l/?,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-l/ -benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]- hexan-6-yl)propanoic acid To a solution of methyl 2-(( l /?,5.V,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro- 17/- henzo|i/|imidazol- 1 -yl)-hicyclo|3. 1.0|hexan-6-yl)propanoate (from the synthesis of the Example 1 compound) (2.17 g, 6.77 mmol) in THF (7.3 ml) were added H2O (2.4 ml) and then LiOH 2M (6.8 ml, 13.6 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room
temperature. The reaction was diluted with water (50 ml), neutralized by the addition of HC1 1M (13.5 ml, 13.5 mmol) and stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the resulting precipitate was washed with water (5 x 20 ml) and hexanes (5x) to give the title compound (1.82 g, 5.96 mmol, 88 % yield) as a white solid. MS (ES+) C16HI6F2N2O2 requires: 306, found: 307 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 3
Figure imgf000073_0001
/V-(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)-2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)- bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide
[0359] General Procedure I, for amide coupling with T3P, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000073_0002
[0360] /V-(5-Chloropyridin-2-yl)-2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)- bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide To a suspension of the Example 1 compound (20 mg, 0.063 mmol) in EtOAc (254 pl) were added 5-chloropyridin-2-amine (8.31 mg, 0.070 mmol), pyridine (15.39 mΐ, 0.190 mmol), T3P 50% in EtOAc (76 pl, 0.127 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 65 °C overnight. The reaction was mixed with EtOAc (2 ml) and saturated NaHC03. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (1 x 2 ml). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, decanted, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (0 to 100 % of 90:10:1 DCM:MeOH:NH4OH in DCM) to give the title compund (25 mg, 0.059 mmol, 93 % yield) as a white solid.
[0361] MS (ES+) C23H21CIFN3O2 requires: 426, found: 427 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-ifc) d ppm 0.84 - 0.91 (m, 1 H) 1.14 - 1.20 (m, 3 H) 1.23 - 1.58 (m, 2 H) 1.88 - 2.03 (m, 3 H) 2.34 - 2.50 (m, 2 H) 4.80 - 4.94 (m, 1 H) 7.07 - 7.14 (m, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.66 (m, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.77 (m, 1 H) 7.88 - 7.93 (m, 1 H) 7.96 - 8.03 (m, 1 H) 8.16 - 8.23 (m, 1 H) 8.33 - 8.40 (m, 1 H) 8.62 - 8.68 (m, 1 H) 10.42 - 10.57 (m, 1 H). EXAMPLE 4
Figure imgf000074_0001
2-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-l -benzo[rf]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- N- (5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)propanamide
[0362] General Procedure N, for Grignard amidation of an ester, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000074_0002
[0363] 2-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-l/ -benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo- [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-/V-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)propanamide To a cooled 0°C solution of 5-fluoropyridin-2-amine (14 mg, 0.13 mmol) in THF (0.25 ml) were added isopropyl magnesium chloride (0.062 ml, 0.13 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5 min and then 10 min at room temperature. To the dark red/black reaction was added methyl 2-((lR,3s,55',6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[7]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6- yl)propanoate (20 mg, 0.062 mmol) dissolved in THF (0.25 ml) dropwise and the reaction stirred at room temperature overnight. To the reaction was added more amino pyridine (14 mg that was prepared the same way). Upon completion the reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (0 to 100% of 90:10:1 DCM:MeOH:NH4OH in DCM) to give the title compound (15.4 mg, 0.038 mmol, 61.6 % yield) as a light brown solid.
[0364] MS (ES+) C2iHi9F3N40 requires: 400, found: 401 [M+H]+. lH NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-ifc) d ppm 1.15 - 1.22 (m, 4 H) 1.25 - 1.61 (m, 2 H) 1.94 - 2.36 (m, 5 H) 4.59 - 4.72 (m, 1 H) 7.68 (dd, 7=10.95, 7.55 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 (td, 7=8.78, 2.83 Hz, 1 H) 7.90 (dd, 7=11.14, 7.37 Hz, 1 H) 8.20 (dd, 7=9.06, 4.15 Hz, 1 H) 8.32 (d, 7=3.02 Hz, 1 H) 8.43 (s, 1 H) 10.47 (s, 1 H). EXAMPLE 5
Figure imgf000075_0001
l-(4-chlorophenyl)-/V-( ((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)- bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)methyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-l-amine
Figure imgf000075_0002
[0365] l-(4-chlorophenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate To a cooled 0 °C solution of l-(4-chlorophenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-l-ol (461 mg, 2.19 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.41 mL, 3.5 mmol) in c-hexanes (11 mL) was added
trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (0.56 mL, 3.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1.5 h. H2O (10 mL) and hexanes (10 mL) were added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with hexanes (5 mL), the combined organic layers were washed with 1M HC1, dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure, to afford the title compound, which was used without further purification.
Figure imgf000075_0003
[0366] l-(4-chlorophenyl)-/V-( ((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l- yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)methyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-l-amine To a solution of ((lR,5S)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6- yl)methanamine dihydrochloride (33 mg, 0.097 mmol) in DCM (973 pl) were added z-Pr2NEt (85 mΐ, 0.49 mmol) and the product from the previous step (50 mg, 0.146 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 5 days. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography (0 - 10 % MeOH in DCM with 2% TEA to give the title compound (10 mg, 0.022 mmol, 22 % yield) as a yellow liquid.
[0367] Mass: MS (ES+) C22H19CIL5N3 requires: 455, found: 456 [M+H]+. EXAMPLE 6
Figure imgf000076_0001
(S)-2-((l/?,3/?,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-
/V-(4-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)phenyl)propanamide
[0368] General Procedure R, for Miyaura borylation of an aryl halide, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000076_0002
[0369] (S)-2-((l/?,3/?,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]- hexan-6-yl)-/V-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)propanamide To a vial containing the Example 5 compound (1.0 g, 2.42 mmol), KOAc (474 mg, 4.83 mmol), X-Phos (115 mg, 0.242 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (1.23 g, 4.83 mmol), and Pd2(dba)3 (111 mg, 0.121 mmol) was added dioxane (previously degassed with N2, 5 ml). The reaction was heated in a dry block at 90 °C for 3 h, and room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE® and the filtrate was diluted with DCM and washed with water, saturated NaHCCb, and brine, dried over MgSC , filtered and concentrated. The crude was purified by flash chromatography (0 - 100 % EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound as a white solid.
[0370] Mass: MS (ES+) C28H32BF2N3O3 requires: 507, found: 508 [M+H]+.
[0371] General Procedure S, for Suzuki coupling of an aryl boronate with an aryl halide, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000077_0002
[0372] (S)-2-((l/?,3/?,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]- hexan-6-yl)-/V-(4-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)phenyl)propanamide To a vial containing 5- bromo-2-methoxypyridine (9.6 mg, 0.051 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (3.2 mg, 0.0039 mmol) was added the product from the previous step (20 mg, 0.039 mmol) dissolved in DMF (0.4 ml) and Na2C03 (2M, 0.039 ml, 0.079 mmol). The vial was purged with N2, sealed, and heated in a dry block at 80°C overnight. The reaction was filtered and purified by mass- triggered preparative HPLC (Mobile phase: A = 0.1% TFA/H2O, B = 0.1% TFA/MeCN; Gradient: B = 10 - 90%; 12 min; Column: C18) to afford the title compound as a bis(trifluoroacetate) salt (13.3 mg, 0.0186 mmol, 47%) as a white solid.
[0373] Mass: MS (ES+) C28H26F2N4O2 requires: 488, found: 489 [M+H]+. Ή NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-ifc) d ppm 1.15 - 1.29 (m, 4 H) 1.31 - 1.63 (m, 2 H) 1.80 - 1.93 (m, 1 H) 2.14 - 2.43 (m, 4 H) 3.85 - 3.93 (s, 3 H) 4.65 - 4.82 (m, 1 H) 6.86 - 6.94 (m, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.65 (m, 2 H) 7.72 - 7.76 (m, 2 H) 7.78 - 7.85 (m, 1 H) 7.95 - 8.02 (m, 1 H) 8.05 - 8.15 (m, 1 H) 8.44 - 8.50 (m, 1 H) 8.82 - 8.96 (m, 1 H) 9.82 - 9.94 (m, 1 H).
Figure imgf000077_0001
2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-/V-(3-(hydroxy- methyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)propanamide
[0374] General Procedure O, for HATU coupling, is exemplified in the following reaction.
Figure imgf000078_0001
[0375] To a vial containing 2-((l^?, 3^,55, 6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4- yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6-yl)propanoic acid (50 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added DCM (1.3 ml), DIEA (83 mΐ, 0.48 mmol), and (3-aminobicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)methanol (20 mg,
0.17 mmol) followed by HATU (181 mg, 0.476 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, diluted with DCM and washed with NaHCCb and brine, concentrated, and purified by mass-triggered preparative HPLC (Mobile phase: A = 0.1% TFA/H2O, B = 0.1% TFA/MeCN; Gradient: B = 10 - 90%; 12 min; Column: C18) to give the title compound, as its TFA salt (54.2 mg, 0.103 mmol, 65%) as a white solid.
[0376] Mass: MS (ES+) C24H27FN2O3 requires: 410, found: 411 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000078_0002
/V-(3-(cyanomethyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)-2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-
3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide
Figure imgf000078_0003
[0377] (3-(2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- propanamido)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)methyl methanesulfonate The title compound was synthesized from 2-((l^?, 3^,55, 6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4- yl)oxy)bicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-/V-(3 -(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[ 1.1.1 Jpentan- 1 - yl)propanamide by general procedure L.
Figure imgf000079_0001
[0378] /V-(3-(cyanomethyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)-2-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-((6-fluoro- quinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide The title compound was prepared from the previous compound using General Procedure C, using KCN in DMF, and purified by mass-triggered preparative HPLC (Mobile phase: A = 0.1% TFA/H2O, B = 0.1% TFA/MeCN; Gradient: B = 10 - 90%; 12 min; Column: C18) to give the title compound as a TFA salt as a white solid.
[0379] Mass: MS (ES+) C25H26FN3O2 requires: 419, found: 420 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000079_0002
2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-
/V-(3-(methoxymethyl)bicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentan- 1 -yljpropanamide
Figure imgf000079_0003
[0380] The title compound was synthesized similarly from 2-(( 1 R,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6-yl)-A-(3-
(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)propanamide by general procedures L and C
(using NaOMe in MeOH, 60°C) and purified by mass-triggered preparative HPLC (Mobile phase: A = 0.1% TFA/H2O, B = 0.1% TFA/MeCN; Gradient: B = 10 - 90%; 12 min;
Column: C18) to give 2-((l^?, 3^,55, 6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6- yl)-/V-(3-(methoxymethyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)propanamide-TFA salt. Mass: MS (ES+) C25H29FN2O3 requires: 424, found: 425 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000080_0001
ferUButyl (3-(2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)- propanamido)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)carbamate
Figure imgf000080_0002
[0381] ferUButyl (3-(2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4- yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamido)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)carbamate To a vial containing the Example 1 compound (150 mg, 0.476 mmol) was added DCM (4 ml), DIEA (250 pl, l.43mmol), and ieri-butyl (3-aminobicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)carbamate (103 mg, 0.524 mmol), followed by HATU (543 mg, 1.43 mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water and DCM. The phases separated and the resulting precipitate in the organic layer was filtered off and washed with DCM. The solid was dissolved in MeOH/DCM mixtures and reconcentrated to give the title compound (120 mg, 0.242, 50%) as a white solid. Additional desired product was isolated from the DCM washings that was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (0 to 100% 90: 10:1 DCM:MeOH:NH4OH in DCM) to give more of the desired product as a white solid (70 mg, 0.141, 29%).
[0382] Mass: MS (ES+) C28H34FN3O4 requires: 495, found: 496 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000081_0001
/V-(3-aminobicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)-2-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)- bicyclo-[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide
Figure imgf000081_0002
[0383] To a vial at 0 °C containing the Example 10 compound (46 mg, 0.093 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (200 pl) was added dropwise HC1 4M in dioxane (232 pl, 0.929 mmol) and was removed from the ice bath and stirred at room temperature until complete. The reaction was concentrated to give N-(3-aminobicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)-2-((lR,3s,5S,6r)-3- ((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide-2HCl salt (yield assumed quantitative) as an off-white solid and used as is. Mass: MS (ES+) C23H26FN3O2 requires: 395, found: 396 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 12
Figure imgf000081_0003
6-fluoro-4-(((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-6-(l-(5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-benzo[</]imidazol-2-yl)- propyl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-yl)oxy)quinoline
Figure imgf000082_0001
[0384] /V-(2-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-2-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-((6-fluoroquinolin-
4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)butanamide To a vial containing (2-((lR, 3s, 5S, 6r)-3-
((6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6-yl)butanoic acid (70 mg, 0.213 mmol), and 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene-l, 2-diamine (41.2 mg, 0.234 mmol) was added EtOAc (250 pL), pyridine (86 pL, 1.063 mmol) followed by T3P 50% in EtOAc (253 pL, 0.425 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 65 °C overnight. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with saturated NaHC03. The layers separated, aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (2 x), organic layers combined, dried over MgS04, decanted, and purified by flash chromatography (0 to 100 % of 90:10:1 DCM:MeOH:NH4OH in DCM) to give (21.7 mg, 0.045 mmol, 21 % yield) as a brown solid.
[0385] MS (ES+) C26H25F4N302 requires: 487, found: 488 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000082_0002
[0386] 6-Fluoro-4-(((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-6-(l-(6-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-benzo[rf]imidazol-2- yl)propyl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-yl)oxy)quinoline The product from the previous step was suspended in toluene (200 pL) and pTsOH (50 mg, 0.263 mmol) was added and the reaction heated in a dry block at H0°C overnight. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHC03 and brine. The aqueous layers were extracted with EtOAc (1 x). The organic layers combined, dried over Na2S04, decanted, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (0 to 100 % of 90:10:1 DCM:MeOH:NH4OH in DCM) to give the title compound as a light brown solid.
[0387] MS (ES+) C26H23F4N30 requires: 469, found: 470[M+H]+.
[0388] lH NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-rie) d ppm 0.84 - 0.91 (m, 3 H) 1.01 - 1.07 (m, 1 H) 1.37 - 1.47 (m, 2 H) 1.84 - 1.97 (m, 3 H) 1.99 - 2.06 (m, 1 H) 2.18 - 2.25 (m, 1 H) 2.32 - 2.38 (m, 1 H) 2.53 - 2.59 (m, 1 H) 4.81 - 4.93 (m, 1 H) 7.05 - 7.11 (m, 1 H) 7.41 - 7.52 (m, 1 H) 7.60 - 7.65 (m, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 7.91 (s, 1 H) 7.96 - 8.02 (m, 1 H) 8.60 - 8.74 (m, 1 H) 12.49 - 12.66 (m, 1 H). EXAMPLE 13
Figure imgf000083_0001
2-((l/?,3s,5S,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-
/V-(3-(l-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)propanamide
Figure imgf000083_0002
[0389] l-(3-Aminobicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)ethan-l-one To a vial containing tert- butyl (3-acetylbicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l-yl)carbamate (50 mg, 0.22 mmol) dissolved in dioxane (1.1 ml) and cooled to 0°C was added HC1 4M in dioxane (61 mΐ, 0.24 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 10 min and allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated to give the title compound, which was used without further purification.
[0390] X-(3-acetylbicyclo[ 1.1.1 ]pentan- 1 -yl)-2-(( 1 ft ,3.s,5,S',6/ )-3-(5,6-difluoro- 1 H- benzo[rf]imidazol-l-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)propanamide To a vial containing the product from the previous step (27.8 mg, 0.22 mmol) dissolved in DCM (1.6 ml) was added DIEA (211 pl, 1.21 mmol) and 2-((l^?, 3^,55, 6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-lH-benzo[<i]imidazol-l- yl)bicyclo[3.l.0]hexan-6-yl)propanoic acid (62 mg, 0.21 mmol) followed by HATU (153 mg, 0.40 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with DCM, washed with water and brine. The aqueous layers were extracted with DCM, the organic layers combined, dried over Na2S04, and decanted to give the title compound.
[0391] Mass: MS (ES+) C23H25F2N302 requires: 413, found: 415 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000084_0001
[0392] 2-((l/?,3s,55,6r)-3-(5,6-difluoro-l -benzo[rf]imidazol-l- yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-/V-(3-(l-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[l.l.l]pentan-l- yljpropanamidc To a vial containing the product from the previous step (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) dissolved in THF 0.6 ml) and cooled to 0°C was added NaBH4.(31 mg, 0.83 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 2h, quenched by addition to mixture of cold 1 : 1 1 M HChbrine and liquid extracted with DCM (2x). The organic layers combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, decanted, and concentrated. The mixture was dissolved in MeOH (0.3 ml) and concentrated HC1 (100 pl) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction was purified by mass-triggered preparative HPLC (Mobile phase: A = 0.1% TFA/H20, B = 0.1% TFA/MeCN; Gradient: B = 10 - 90%; 12 min;
Column: Cl 8) to give the title compound (11 mg, 0.027 mmol, 22%) as a white solid.
[0393] Mass: MS (ES+) C23H27F2N302 requires: 415, found: 416 [M+H]+.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples. All IUPAC names were generated using CambridgeSoft’ s ChemDraw 10.0. Table 1. Example compounds 12-151.
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Notes:
(1) Scheme X, coupling with T3P
(2) Scheme IX, using General Procedure N
(3) General Procedure O: HATU coupling, using EDC
(4) Scheme X
(5) Scheme IV, Suzuki coupling of General Procedure S
(6) Scheme IV, Suzuki coupling of General Procedure S; using using 4-bromo-l-trityl- lH-imidazole followed by 4M HC1 in dioxane.
(7) General Procedure O: HATU coupling
(8) General Procedure O: HATU coupling, followed by HC1 deprotection
(9) General Procedure P. (10) General Procedure P, using PyBroP
[0394] The 1H NMR spectra for selected Example compounds is disclosed below.
Figure imgf000112_0001
[0395] The following compounds can generally be made using the methods described above. It is expected that these compounds when made will have activity similar to those that have been made in the examples above.
Figure imgf000112_0002
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
[0396] The activity of the compounds in Examples 1-118 as IDOl inhibitors is illustrated in the following assay. The other compounds listed above, which have not yet been made and/or tested, are predicted to have activity in this assay as well.
Biological Activity Assay
IDOl cell-based assay
[0397] HeLa cells were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) and maintained in DMEM media containing 10% FBS. Cells (7,000/well) were seeded onto a 384 well plate in 50 pL of media and incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 overnight. Cell media was aspirated, fresh media containing lOng/mL IFNgamma was added, and cells were incubated in absence or presence of various concentrations of test compound (final 0.5 % DMSO) for 24 hours. Aliquots of the cell conditioned media were removed from the cell plate, and mixed with an equal volume of 200mM ZnS04 to precipitate media containing proteins. Two volumes of acetonitrile were added, mixed, and samples were then centrifuged at 2250G for 20 minutes at 4 °C. Aliquots of the supernatant were diluted 1:10 in 0.1% formic acid containing 3mM of deuterated Tryptophan as an internal standard.
[0398] Samples were analyzed via RFMS to quantify - Formyl Kynurenine (AUC) and L-tryptophan (AUC). A C18 cartridge was used with mobile phases of 0.1% Formic Acid and 80% ACN/0.l% Formic Acid under isocratic conditions. Dose-response curves were analyzed using IC50 regression curve fitting (GeneData Screener). Curves were plotted as percent of control and normalized by high controls without inhibitor (100%), and low controls (0%) containing 1 mM of epacadostat, a potent cell-permeable IDOl inhibitor. Cell viability was also assessed using the Cell Titer Glo Kit (Promega) following manufacturer recommendation.
[0399] Table 2 below summarises the results of the IDOl cell-based assay, in which the IC50 values are indicated for each compound as: (A) less than 200 nM; (B) 200 nM to 2 pM; (C) 2 pM to 5 pM; and (D) greater than 5 pM.
Table 2. IDOl Activity
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000116_0002
Figure imgf000116_0003
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000117_0002
Figure imgf000117_0003
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000118_0002
Figure imgf000118_0003
[0400] All references, patents or applications, U.S. or foreign, cited in the application are hereby incorporated by reference as if written herein in their entireties. Where any
inconsistencies arise, material literally disclosed herein controls.
[0401] From the foregoing description, one skilled in the art can easily ascertain the essential characteristics of this invention, and without departing from the spirit and scope thereof, can make various changes and modifications of the invention to adapt it to various usages and conditions.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A compound of structural Formula I
Figure imgf000119_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
either Lla is IA-R1 and Llb is H, or Lla is H and Llb is IA-R1;
either R2a is R2 and R2b is H, or R2a is H and R2b is R2;
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
L2 is chosen from -C(0)NH-, -C(NR4)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(NR4)-, -N(R4)C(R6)-, and -C(R6)N(R4)-,
Figure imgf000119_0002
forming a bicyclic ring system with R3 when R3 is cyclic;
Y1, Y2, Y3, Z1, Z2, and Z5 are independently chosen from CH, C(R9), N, NH, N(R9), O, and S;
Z4 is chosen from C and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, (aryl)cycloalkyl, (heteroaryl)- cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)aryl, and (heterocycloalkyl)aryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
or R3 and R4, together with the intervening atoms, form a first heteroaryl ring, which is optionally fused with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring to form a bicyclic heteroaryl system, said first heteroaryl ring or bicyclic heteroaryl system is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CH3;
each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)0R12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
2. The compound as recited in claim 1, wherein Lla is I2-R1 and Llb is H.
3. The compound as recited in claim 2, wherein R2a is R2 and R2b is H.
4. The compound as recited in claim 2, wherein R2a is H and R2b is R2.
5. The compound as recited in any one of claims 1 - 4, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein
L1 is chosen from a bond, -O- and -N(R5)-;
L2 is chosen from -C(0)NH- and NHC(O)-;
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and
heteroaryl(cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
or R3 and R4, together with the intervening atoms, form a first heteroaryl ring, which is optionally fused with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring to form a bicyclic heteroaryl system, said first heteroaryl ring or bicyclic heteroaryl system is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
R5 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
6. The compound as recited in claim 1, having structural Formula II:
Figure imgf000121_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and
heteroaryl(cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Ru,
NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11; each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
7. The compound as recited in claim 6, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, and -N(R5)-;
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
R5 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and each R7, R7, and R9 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
8. The compound as recited in claim 6, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein
R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and heteroaryl(cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
each R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, C(0)OR12; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
9. The compound as recited in claim 1, having structural Formula III:
Figure imgf000122_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
L2 is chosen from -C(0)0-, -C(0)NH-, -C(NR4)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(0)NH-, - NHC(NR4)-, -N(R4)C(R6)-, and -C(R6)N(R4)-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups; R3a is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano, or is chosen from aryl or heteroaryl, either of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CH3; and
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)0R12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
10. The compound as recited in claim 6, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, and -N(R5)-;
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R5 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R6 and R7 is independently chosen from halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano;
R9 is chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, C(0)OR12, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
11. The compound as recited in claim 1, having structural Formula IV:
Figure imgf000124_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, aryl(cycloalkyl), and
heteroaryl(cycloalkyl), any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
12. The compound as recited in claim 11, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, and -N(R5);
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; R5 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
13. The compound as recited in claim 1, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups.
14. The compound as recited in claim 1, having structural Formula V:
Figure imgf000125_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
n is 0, 1, or 2;
X1 is chosen from C(R9a), N, O, and S;
X2 is chosen from C(R9b), N, O, and S;
X3 is chosen from C(R9c), N, O, and S;
X4 is chosen from C(R9d), N, O, and S;
X5 is chosen from a bond, C(R9e), N, O, and S;
L1 is chosen from a bond, -O-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
L2 is chosen from -C(0)NH-, -C(NR4)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -NHC(NR4)-, -N(R4)C(R6)-, and -C(R6)N(R4)-,
Figure imgf000125_0002
forming a bicyclic ring
system
Figure imgf000125_0003
Y1, Y2, Y3, Z1, Z2, and Z5 are independently chosen from CH, C(R9), N, NH, N(R9), O, and S; Z4 is chosen from C and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (aryl)aryl, (aryl)heteroaryl, (heteroaryl)aryl, (heteroaryl)heteroaryl, (aryl)cycloalkyl, (heteroaryl)- cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)aryl, and (heterocycloalkyl)aryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
or R3 and R4, together with the intervening atoms, form a first heteroaryl ring, which is optionally fused with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring to form a bicyclic heteroaryl system, said first heteroaryl ring or bicyclic heteroaryl system is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R6 is chosen from CF3, CF2CF3, and CF2CH3;
R9a, R9b, R9c, R9d, and R9e are independently chosen from H, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
each R7, R8, R9, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)0R12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
15. The compound as recited in claim 14, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein L2 is -NHC(O)-.
16. The compound as recited in claim 15, having structural Formula VI:
Figure imgf000127_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
X1, X2, and X4 are independently chosen from CH and N;
X5 is chosen from a bond, CH and N;
at most two of X1, X2, X4, and X are N;
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R9a is chosen from H, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl,
hydroxy alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano;
each R7, R8, and R10 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12,
NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
17. The compound as recited in claim 16, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, and -N(R5);
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups; R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R5 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and each R7 and R8 is independently chosen from halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
R9 is chosen from H, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
18. The compound as recited in claim 1, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein L2 is chosen from -
N(R4)C(R6)- and -C(R6)N(R4)-.
19. The compound as recited in claim 1, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein L2 is chosen from
Figure imgf000128_0001
, forming a bicyclic ring system with R3 when R3 is cyclic.
20. The compound as recited in claim 19, wherein L2 and R3 combine to form a bicyclic ring system chosen from benzo[d]imidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, triazolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, quinazolinonyl, and imidazopyridazinyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups
21. The compound as recited in claim 1, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000128_0002
, forming a bicyclic ring system with R3;
R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; and
each R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn,
NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and R12 is chosen from H and alkyl..
22. The compound as recited in claim 1, having structural Formula VII:
Figure imgf000129_0001
or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein:
L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, -N(R5)-, C(R5a)(R5b)-, and -S-;
X1 is chosen from NH, NR9, O, and S;
X5 is chosen from CH, CR9, and N;
R1 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is chosen from cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, any of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups; and
R4 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 groups;
each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3-6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyano, cyanoalkyl, NHC(0)Rn, NHS(0)2R12, NHC(0)NHR12, C(0)OR12, S(0)2NHR12, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, C3-6heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, phenyl optionally substituted with one or two R11, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or two R11;
each R11 is independently chosen from halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkyl, amino, C3- 6cycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, and cyano; and
R12 is chosen from H and alkyl.
23. The compound as recited in claim 22, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein: L1 is chosen from a bond, -0-, and -N(R5);
R1 is aryl or heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R2 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R8 groups;
R3 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, any one of which is optionally substituted with one or more R9 groups;
R5 is H or is chosen from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
each R7, R8, and R9 is independently chosen from halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano; each R9 is independently chosen from alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy, and cyano.
24. The compound as recited in any preceding claim, or a salt or tautomer thereof, wherein R1 is chosen from:
Figure imgf000130_0001
25. A compound as recited in claim 1, chosen from:
Figure imgf000131_0001
130
Figure imgf000132_0001
131
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
26. A compound as recited in claim 1 for use as a medicament.
27. A compound as recited in claim 1 for use in the treatment of cancer.
28. A compound as recited in claim 1 for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the
prevention or treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of IDOl.
29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as recited in claim 1 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
30. The pharmaceutical composition as recited in claim 29, comprising a further active agent selected from the group consisting of chemotherapeutic agents and immunotherapeutic agents
31. A method of inhibition of IDOl, ID02, and/or TDO comprising contacting IDOl, ID02, and/or TDO with a compound as recited in claim 1.
32. A method of treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02, and/or TDO comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in claim 1.
33. The method as recited in claim 32, wherein the IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO mediated condition is characterised by the overexpression of IDOl, ID02 and/or TDO, respectively.
34. The method as recited in claim 32, wherein said disease is selected from cancer, a
neurological or neuropsychological disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, an infection, a cataract, and a vascular disease.
35. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is cancer.
36. The method as recited in claim 35, wherein the cancer is chosen from head and neck cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain tumour, gynecological cancer, peritoneal cancer, skin cancer, thyroid cancer, oesophageal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, renal cell cancer, biliary tract cancer, hematologic cancer, and blood cancer.
37. The method as recited in claim 36, wherein the cancer is associated with low levels of L-TRP and/or the cancer is associated with high levels of L-TRP metabolites.
38. The method as recited in claim 37, further comprising a secondary method of treatment.
39. The method as recited in claim 38, wherein the secondary method of treatment is chosen from immunotherapy, radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy.
40. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is a neurological disease or disorder.
41. The method as recited in claim 40, wherein the neurological disease or disorder is chosen from Alzheimer’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and HIV-associated neurological disorders (HAND).
42. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is a neuropsychological disease or disorder.
43. The method as recited in claim 42, wherein the neuropsychological disease or disorder is chosen from schizophrenia, anorexia, depression, and anxiety.
44. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is an autoimmune disease or disorder.
45. The method as recited in claim 44, wherein the autoimmune disease or disorder is chosen from arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and multiple sclerosis.
46. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is an infection.
47. The method as recited in claim 46, wherein the infection is chosen from influenza virus infection, peritonitis, sepsis, chlamydia trachomatis infection, and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
48. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is a cataract.
49. The method as recited in claim 34, wherein the disease is a cardiovascular disease.
50. A method of treatment of a disease mediated by IDOl, ID02, and/or TDO comprising the administration of:
a. a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in claim 1 ; and b. another therapeutic agent.
51. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 25 in the manufacture of a
medicament for use in a method as defined in any one of claims 31 to 50.
PCT/US2019/042211 2018-07-17 2019-07-17 Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase WO2020018670A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19838517.1A EP3823604A4 (en) 2018-07-17 2019-07-17 Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862699510P 2018-07-17 2018-07-17
US62/699,510 2018-07-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020018670A1 true WO2020018670A1 (en) 2020-01-23

Family

ID=69162830

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2019/042211 WO2020018670A1 (en) 2018-07-17 2019-07-17 Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US11046649B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3823604A4 (en)
WO (1) WO2020018670A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11046649B2 (en) 2018-07-17 2021-06-29 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase
US11173145B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2021-11-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019027855A1 (en) * 2017-08-02 2019-02-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel substituted phenyl compounds as indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (ido) inhibitors
WO2019027856A1 (en) * 2017-08-02 2019-02-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel substituted pyridine compounds as indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (ido) inhibitors

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040077617A1 (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-04-22 Bennani Youssef L. Fused cycloalkyl amides and acids and their therapeutic applications
WO2006091905A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Bicyclo (3.1.0) hexane derivatives as antiviral compounds
US20090306408A1 (en) * 2003-06-26 2009-12-10 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 2-Amino-Bicyclo (3.1.0) Hexane-2,6-Dicarboxylic Ester Derivative
WO2012068067A1 (en) * 2010-11-18 2012-05-24 Eli Lilly And Company 4-substituted-3-phenylsulfanylmethyl-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane compounds as mglur 2/3 antagonists
WO2013062680A1 (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-05-02 Braincells, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions thereof for treating nervous system disorders
WO2018136437A2 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 Tesaro, Inc. Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Family Cites Families (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4177280A (en) 1978-07-03 1979-12-04 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl-substituted carbonylaminophenoxy cardiovascular agents
US5705511A (en) 1994-10-14 1998-01-06 Cephalon, Inc. Fused pyrrolocarbazoles
GB9821199D0 (en) 1998-09-30 1998-11-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
MXPA05000434A (en) 2002-07-08 2005-04-19 Ranbaxy Lab Ltd 3,6-disubstituted azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful as muscarinic receptor antagonists.
GB0322016D0 (en) 2003-09-19 2003-10-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme New compounds
EP1773846A4 (en) 2004-07-13 2008-10-08 Univ British Columbia Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (ido) inhibitors
SI1879573T1 (en) 2005-05-10 2013-04-30 Incyte Corporation Experimental Station Modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and methods of using the same
ES2540561T3 (en) 2005-12-20 2015-07-10 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase modulators
US20070203140A1 (en) 2006-02-09 2007-08-30 Combs Andrew P N-hydroxyguanidines as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
JP5319532B2 (en) 2006-09-19 2013-10-16 インサイト・コーポレイション N-hydroxyamidino heterocycle as a modulator of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
CL2007002650A1 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-02-08 Incyte Corp COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM HETEROCICLO N-HIDROXIAMINO; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, USEFUL TO TREAT CANCER, VIRAL INFECTIONS AND NEURODEGENERATIVE DISORDERS BETWEEN OTHERS.
WO2008036643A2 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-03-27 Incyte Corporation Amidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
US20080146624A1 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-06-19 Incyte Corporation Amidines as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
WO2008058178A1 (en) 2006-11-08 2008-05-15 Incyte Corporation N-hydroxyamidinoheterocycles as modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
CN101932325B (en) 2007-11-30 2014-05-28 新联基因公司 Ido inhibitors
GB0806794D0 (en) 2008-04-15 2008-05-14 Ludwig Inst Cancer Res Therapeutic compounds
EP2291187B1 (en) 2008-04-24 2018-08-15 Newlink Genetics Corporation Ido inhibitors
NO2824100T3 (en) 2008-07-08 2018-07-21
JPWO2010122968A1 (en) 2009-04-21 2012-10-25 アステラス製薬株式会社 Diacylethylenediamine compound
ES2601226T3 (en) 2009-10-28 2017-02-14 Newlink Genetics Corporation Imidazole derivatives as IDO inhibitors
EA024197B1 (en) 2010-11-13 2016-08-31 Иннокрин Фармасьютикалс, Инк. Metalloenzyme inhibitor compounds
NO2694640T3 (en) 2011-04-15 2018-03-17
EP3312173B1 (en) 2011-11-09 2021-12-22 Kyowa Kirin Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds
CN102532144B (en) 2012-01-20 2014-09-10 辽宁思百得医药科技有限公司 Novel indoleamine-2,3-dioxygenase inhibitor as well as preparation method and application thereof
EA028722B1 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-12-29 Юсб Байофарма Спрл Imidazopyridine derivatives as modulators of tnf activity
MX2015006156A (en) 2012-11-20 2015-08-05 Vertex Pharma Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase.
EP3366678A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-08-29 Newlink Genetics Corporation Tricyclic compounds as inhibitors of immunosuppression mediated by tryptophan metabolization
ES2675022T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-07-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase inhibitors (IDO)
ES2733546T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-11-29 Bristol Myers Squibb Co IDO inhibitors
EA029126B1 (en) 2013-07-01 2018-02-28 Бристол-Майерс Сквибб Компани Ido inhibitors
CN103570726B (en) 2013-07-15 2016-04-06 上海天慈生物谷生物工程有限公司 N-alkyl couroupitine A derivative and its preparation method and application
CN105658643B (en) 2013-08-27 2019-03-01 百时美施贵宝公司 IDO inhibitor
CN103570727B (en) 2013-11-12 2015-08-19 复旦大学 A kind of N-benzyl couroupitine A derivative and its preparation method and application
WO2015082499A2 (en) 2013-12-03 2015-06-11 Iomet Pharma Ltd Pharmaceutical compound
GB201321746D0 (en) 2013-12-09 2014-01-22 Ucb Pharma Sa Therapeutic agents
GB201321729D0 (en) 2013-12-09 2014-01-22 Ucb Pharma Sa Therapeutic agents
MX2016008110A (en) 2013-12-20 2016-08-19 Hoffmann La Roche Pyrazole derivatives and uses thereof as inhibitors of dlk.
KR20220153677A (en) 2014-02-04 2022-11-18 인사이트 코포레이션 Combination of a pd-1 antagonist and an ido1 inhibitor for treating cancer
CR20160514A (en) 2014-04-04 2017-07-26 Iomet Pharma Ltd INDOL DERIVATIVES FOR USE IN MEDICINE
CA2948842C (en) 2014-05-15 2019-09-24 Iteos Therapeutics Pyrrolidine-2,5-dione derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for use as ido1 inhibitors
MX2016015610A (en) 2014-06-06 2017-07-13 Flexus Biosciences Inc Immunoregulatory agents.
WO2016024233A1 (en) 2014-08-13 2016-02-18 Auckland Uniservices Limited Inhibitors of tryptophan dioxygenases (ido1 and tdo) and their use in therapy
GB201414730D0 (en) 2014-08-19 2014-10-01 Tpp Global Dev Ltd Pharmaceutical compound
TW201619133A (en) 2014-08-21 2016-06-01 裘拉德製藥私人有限公司 Novel IMINONITRILE derivatives
AU2015311826B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2019-05-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Cyclohexyl-ethyl substituted diaza- and triaza-tricyclic compounds as indole-amine-2,3-dioxygenase (IDO) antagonists for the treatment of cancer
CN105481789B (en) 2014-09-15 2020-05-19 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 Indoleamine-2,3-dioxygenase inhibitor and preparation method thereof
GB201417369D0 (en) 2014-10-01 2014-11-12 Redx Pharma Ltd Compounds
GB201418300D0 (en) 2014-10-15 2014-11-26 Redx Pharma Ltd Compounds
CN111943890B (en) 2014-11-03 2023-10-31 艾欧米制药有限公司 Pharmaceutical compounds
GB201419579D0 (en) 2014-11-03 2014-12-17 Iomet Pharma Ltd Pharmaceutical compound
EP3215141A4 (en) 2014-11-05 2018-06-06 Flexus Biosciences, Inc. Immunoregulatory agents
UY36391A (en) 2014-11-05 2016-06-01 Flexus Biosciences Inc MODULATING COMPOUNDS OF INDOLAMINE ENZYME 2,3-DIOXYGENASE (IDO1), ITS SYNTHESIS METHODS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
UY36390A (en) 2014-11-05 2016-06-01 Flexus Biosciences Inc MODULATING COMPOUNDS OF INDOLAMINE ENZYME 2,3-DIOXYGENASE (IDO), ITS SYNTHESIS METHODS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
BR112017020999A2 (en) 2015-04-03 2018-07-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Indolamine-2,3-dioxigenase inhibitors for cancer treatment
TWI698435B (en) 2015-04-10 2020-07-11 英屬開曼群島商百濟神州有限公司 NOVEL 5 or 8-SUBSTITUTED IMIDAZO[1,5-a]PYRIDINES AS INDOLEAMINE AND/OR TRYPTOPHANE 2,3-DIOXYGENASES
US10689331B2 (en) 2015-06-26 2020-06-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company IDO inhibitors
AU2016327168A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2018-04-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Modulators of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
KR20180056729A (en) 2015-09-24 2018-05-29 글락소스미스클라인 인털렉츄얼 프로퍼티 (넘버 2) 리미티드 A modifier of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase
CA3012133A1 (en) 2016-02-09 2017-08-17 Inventisbio Inc. Inhibitor of indoleamine-2,3-dioxygenase (ido)
WO2017192811A1 (en) 2016-05-04 2017-11-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and methods of their use
JP2019516682A (en) 2016-05-04 2019-06-20 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーBristol−Myers Squibb Company Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
EP3452452A4 (en) 2016-05-04 2019-10-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and methods of their use
JP2019528301A (en) 2016-08-26 2019-10-10 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーBristol−Myers Squibb Company Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2018136887A1 (en) 2017-01-23 2018-07-26 Tesaro, Inc. Compounds
WO2020018670A1 (en) 2018-07-17 2020-01-23 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040077617A1 (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-04-22 Bennani Youssef L. Fused cycloalkyl amides and acids and their therapeutic applications
US20090306408A1 (en) * 2003-06-26 2009-12-10 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 2-Amino-Bicyclo (3.1.0) Hexane-2,6-Dicarboxylic Ester Derivative
WO2006091905A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Bicyclo (3.1.0) hexane derivatives as antiviral compounds
WO2012068067A1 (en) * 2010-11-18 2012-05-24 Eli Lilly And Company 4-substituted-3-phenylsulfanylmethyl-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane compounds as mglur 2/3 antagonists
WO2013062680A1 (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-05-02 Braincells, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions thereof for treating nervous system disorders
WO2018136437A2 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 Tesaro, Inc. Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE PUBCHEM compound [online] 15 June 2012 (2012-06-15), "2-(2-Bicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl)acetamide", XP055678314, retrieved from NCBI Database accession no. 57266349 *
DATABASE PUBCHEM compound [online] 26 March 2005 (2005-03-26), "Bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxamide", XP055678312, retrieved from NCBI Database accession no. 280183 *
See also references of EP3823604A4 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11173145B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2021-11-16 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase
US11046649B2 (en) 2018-07-17 2021-06-29 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3823604A1 (en) 2021-05-26
EP3823604A4 (en) 2022-03-16
US11046649B2 (en) 2021-06-29
US20200024236A1 (en) 2020-01-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11932643B2 (en) Substituted heterocyclic inhibitors of PTPN11
EP3551610B1 (en) Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease
US11046649B2 (en) Compounds useful as inhibitors of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and/or tryptophan dioxygenase
US11690850B2 (en) Inhibitors of receptor interacting protein kinase I for the treatment of disease
JP7387627B2 (en) Imidazopiperazine inhibitor of transcriptional activating proteins
WO2010068483A2 (en) Mlk inhibitors and methods of use
JP7341156B2 (en) Heterocyclic inhibitors of ATR kinase
WO2019036641A1 (en) Heterocyclic inhibitors of atr kinase
EP3503889A1 (en) Inhibitors of dual leucine ziper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease
CA2990457A1 (en) Pyrrolidinyl and piperidinyl derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions thereof useful as gls1 inhibitors
WO2016004413A2 (en) Gls1 inhibitors for treating disease
EP3677579A1 (en) Heterocyclic gls1 inhibitors
WO2019195846A1 (en) Imidazopiperazinone inhibitors of transcription activating proteins
WO2016145383A1 (en) Mth1 inhibitors for treating disease
WO2018213777A1 (en) Heterocyclic inhibitors of kdm5 for the treatment of disease
US20230312588A1 (en) Imidazopiperazine inhibitors of transcription activating proteins
EP4221708A1 (en) Imidazopiperazine inhibitors of transcription activating proteins

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19838517

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019838517

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210217